PredicateLockTuple() has a fast exit if tuple was written by the current
transaction, as in that case it already has a lock. This check can be
performed using TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId() instead of
SubTransGetTopmostTransaction(), to avoid any chance of having to hit the
disk.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, based on a suggestion from Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiv0k3hkEb3Oqk%3DziWqtyk2Jys1UOK5hwRBNeANT_yX%2Bng%40mail.gmail.com
If the passed in xid is the current top transaction, we can do a fast
check and exit early. This should work well for the current heap but
also works very well for proposed AMs that don't use a separate xid
for subtransactions.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, based on a suggestion from Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiv0k3hkEb3Oqk%3DziWqtyk2Jys1UOK5hwRBNeANT_yX%2Bng%40mail.gmail.com
This happens when we add a replica identity column on a subscriber
that does not yet exist on the publisher, according to the mapping
maintained by the subscriber. Code that checks whether the target
relation on the subscriber is updatable would check the replica
identity attribute bitmap with a column number -1, which would result
in an error. To fix, skip such columns in the bitmap lookup and
consider the relation not updatable. The result is consistent with
the rule that the replica identity columns on the subscriber must be a
subset of those on the publisher, since if the column doesn't exist on
the publisher, the column set on the subscriber can't be a subset.
Reported-by: Tim Clarke <tim.clarke@minerva.info>
Analyzed-by: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a9139c29-7ddd-973b-aa7f-71fed9c38d75%40minerva.info
Add some support for automatically showing backtraces in certain error
situations in the server. Backtraces are shown on assertion failure;
also, a new setting backtrace_functions can be set to a list of C
function names, and all ereport()s and elog()s from the mentioned
functions will have backtraces generated. Finally, the function
errbacktrace() can be manually added to an ereport() call to generate a
backtrace for that call.
Authors: Peter Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m//5f48cb47-bf1e-05b6-7aae-3bf2cd01586d@2ndquadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YGL+yfWE=JvbUbnpWtrRZNey7hJ07+zT4bYJdVp4Szdrg@mail.gmail.com
nbtree index builds once stashed the "minimum key" for a page, which was
used as the basis of the pivot tuple that gets placed in the next level
up (i.e. the tuple that stores the downlink to the page in question).
It doesn't quite work that way anymore, so the "minimum key" terminology
now seems misleading (these days the minimum key is actually a straight
copy of the high key from the left sibling, which is a distinct thing in
subtle but important ways). Rename this concept to "low key". This
name is a lot clearer given that there is now a sharp distinction
between pivot and non-pivot tuples. Also remove comments that describe
obsolete details about how the minimum key concept used to work.
Rather than generating the minus infinity item for the leftmost page on
a level by copying the new item and truncating that copy, simply
allocate a small buffer. The old approach confusingly created the
impression that the new item had some kind of significance. This was
another artifact of how things used to work before commits 8224de4f and
dd299df8.
SET CONSTRAINTS ... DEFERRED failed on partitioned tables, because of a
sanity check that ensures that the affected constraints have triggers.
On partitioned tables, the triggers are in the leaf partitions, not in
the partitioned relations themselves, so the sanity check fails.
Removing the sanity check solves the problem, because the code needed to
support the case is already there.
Backpatch to 11.
Note: deferred unique constraints are not affected by this bug, because
they do have triggers in the parent partitioned table. I did not add a
test for this scenario.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191105212915.GA11324@alvherre.pgsql
This patch adopts the overflow check logic introduced by commit cbdb8b4c0
into two more places. interval_mul() failed to notice if it computed a
new microseconds value that was one more than INT64_MAX, and pgbench's
double-to-int64 logic had the same sorts of edge-case problems that
cbdb8b4c0 fixed in the core code.
To make this easier to get right in future, put the guts of the checks
into new macros in c.h, and add commentary about how to use the macros
correctly.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as we did with the previous fix.
Yuya Watari
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ2pMkbkkFw2hb9Qb1Zj8d06EhWAQXFLy73St4qWv6aX=vqnjw@mail.gmail.com
If there is the WAL page that the continuation WAL record just fits within
(i.e., the continuation record ends just at the end of the page) and
the LSN in such page is specified with -s option, previously pg_waldump
caused an assertion failure. The cause of this assertion failure was that
XLogFindNextRecord() that pg_waldump -s calls mistakenly handled
such special WAL page.
This commit changes XLogFindNextRecord() so that it can handle
such WAL page correctly.
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Author: Andrey Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/99303554-5dd5-06e6-f943-b3005ccd6edd@postgrespro.ru
SPI gets used to build a list of relation OIDs for XML object
generation, and one code path building a list uses SPI_execute() without
looking at errors it produces. So fix that.
Author: Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17d30445-4862-7917-170f-84328dcd292d@gmail.com
This allows logging a sample of statements, without incurring excessive
log traffic (which may impact performance). This can be useful when
analyzing workloads with lots of short queries.
The sampling is configured using two new GUC parameters:
* log_min_duration_sample - minimum required statement duration
* log_statement_sample_rate - sample rate (0.0 - 1.0)
Only statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_sample are
considered for sampling. To enable sampling, both those GUCs have to
be set correctly.
The existing log_min_duration_statement GUC has a higher priority, i.e.
statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_statement will be
always logged, irrespectedly of how the sampling is configured. This
means only configurations
log_min_duration_sample < log_min_duration_statement
do actually sample the statements, instead of logging everything.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Vik Fearing, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bbe0a1a8-a8f7-3be2-155a-888e661cc06c@anayrat.info
Avoid creating transiently-inconsistent slot states where possible,
by not setting TTS_FLAG_SHOULDFREE until after the slot actually has
a free'able tuple pointer, and by making sure that we reset tts_nvalid
and related derived state before we replace the tuple contents. This
would only matter if something were to examine the slot after we'd
suffered some kind of error (e.g. out of memory) while manipulating
the slot. We typically don't do that, so these changes might just be
cosmetic --- but even if so, it seems like good future-proofing.
Also remove some redundant Asserts, and add a couple for consistency.
Back-patch to v12 where all this code was rewritten.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16095-c3ff2e5283b8dba5@postgresql.org
Since commit d26a810eb, we've defined bool as being either _Bool from
<stdbool.h>, or "unsigned char"; but that commit overlooked the fact
that probes.d has "#define bool char". For consistency, make it say
"unsigned char" instead. This should be strictly a cosmetic change,
but it seems best to be in sync.
Formally, in the now-normal case where we're using <stdbool.h>, it'd
be better to write "#define bool _Bool". However, then we'd need
some build infrastructure to inject that configuration choice into
probes.d, and it doesn't seem worth the trouble. We only use
<stdbool.h> if sizeof(_Bool) is 1, so having DTrace think that
bool parameters are "unsigned char" should be close enough.
Back-patch to v12 where d26a810eb came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmaKO7Du9M9Lo=kxGU8sB6aL8fa3sF6z6d5yYYVe3BuQ@mail.gmail.com
When sending data for logical decoding using the streaming replication
protocol via a WAL sender, the timestamp of the sent write message is
allocated at the beginning of the message when preparing for the write,
and actually computed when the write message is ready to be sent.
The timestamp was getting computed after sending the message. This
impacts anything using logical decoding, causing for example logical
replication to report mostly NULL for last_msg_send_time in
pg_stat_subscription.
This commit makes sure that the timestamp is computed before sending the
message. This is wrong since 5a991ef, so backpatch down to 9.4.
Author: Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1z=WMn8jt7iEdC5sYNaPgAgOASb_OW5JYv-vMdYaJSL-w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
WindowAgg will potentially store large numbers of input rows into
tuplestores to allow access to other rows in the frame. If the input
is coming via an explicit Sort node, then unneeded columns will
already have been discarded (since Sort requests a small tlist); but
there are idioms like COUNT(*) OVER () that result in the input not
being sorted at all, and cases where the input is being sorted by some
means other than a Sort; if we don't request a small tlist, then
WindowAgg's storage requirement is inflated by the unneeded columns.
Backpatch back to 9.6, where the current tlist handling was added.
(Prior to that, WindowAgg would always use a small tlist.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87a7ator8n.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Previously ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW / FOREIGN TABLE ... RENAME COLUMN ...
returned "ALTER TABLE" as a command tag. This commit fixes them so that
they return "ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW" and "ALTER FOREIGN TABLE" as
command tags, respectively.
This issue exists in all supported versions, but we don't back-patch this
because it's not enough of a bug to justify taking any compatibility risks for.
Otherwise, the back-patch would cause minor version update to break,
for example, the existing event trigger functions using TG_TAG.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwGUaC03FFdTFoHsCuDrrNvFvNVQ6xyd40==P25WvuBJjg@mail.gmail.com
There's plenty places in frontend code that could benefit from a
string buffer implementation. Some because it yields simpler and
faster code, and some others because of the desire to share code
between backend and frontend.
While there is a string buffer implementation available to frontend
code, libpq's PQExpBuffer, it is clunkier than stringinfo, it
introduces a libpq dependency, doesn't allow for sharing between
frontend and backend code, and has a higher API/ABI stability
requirement due to being exposed via libpq.
Therefore it seems best to just making StringInfo being usable by
frontend code. There's not much to do for that, except for rewriting
two subsequent elog/ereport calls into others types of error
reporting, and deciding on a maximum string length.
For the maximum string size I decided to privately define MaxAllocSize
to the same value as used in the backend. It seems likely that we'll
want to reconsider this for both backend and frontend code in the not
too far away future.
For now I've left stringinfo.h in lib/, rather than common/, to reduce
the likelihood of unnecessary breakage. We could alternatively decide
to provide a redirecting stringinfo.h in lib/, or just not provide
compatibility.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920051857.2fhnvhvx4qdddviz@alap3.anarazel.de
When maintaining or merging patches, one of the most common sources
for conflicts are the list of objects in makefiles. Especially when
the split across lines has been changed on both sides, which is
somewhat common due to attempting to stay below 80 columns, those
conflicts are unnecessarily laborious to resolve.
By splitting, and alphabetically sorting, OBJS style lines into one
object per line, conflicts should be less frequent, and easier to
resolve when they still occur.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191029200901.vww4idgcxv74cwes@alap3.anarazel.de
For a long time (since commit aed378e8d) we have had a policy to log
nothing about a connection if the client disconnects when challenged
for a password. This is because libpq-using clients will typically
do that, and then come back for a new connection attempt once they've
collected a password from their user, so that logging the abandoned
connection attempt will just result in log spam. However, this did
not work well for PAM authentication: the bottom-level function
pam_passwd_conv_proc() was on board with it, but we logged messages
at higher levels anyway, for lack of any reporting mechanism.
Add a flag and tweak the logic so that the case is silent, as it is
for other password-using auth mechanisms.
Per complaint from Yoann La Cancellera. It's been like this for awhile,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACP=ajbrFFYUrLyJBLV8=q+eNCapa1xDEyvXhMoYrNphs-xqPw@mail.gmail.com
get_relkind_objtype, and hence get_object_type, failed when applied to a
toast table. This is not a good thing, because it prevents reporting of
perfectly legitimate permissions errors. (At present, these functions
are in fact *only* used to determine the ObjectType argument for
acl_error() calls.) It seems best to have them fall back to returning
OBJECT_TABLE in every case where they can't determine an object type
for a pg_class entry, so do that.
In passing, make some edits to alter.c to make it more obvious that
those calls of get_object_type() are used only for error reporting.
This might save a few cycles in the non-error code path, too.
Back-patch to v11 where this issue originated.
John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C652D3DF-2B0C-4128-9420-FB5379F6B1E4@amazon.com
Commit d25ea0127 got rid of what I thought were entirely unnecessary
derived child expressions in EquivalenceClasses for EC members that
mention multiple baserels. But it turns out that some of the child
expressions that code created are necessary for partitionwise joins,
else we fail to find matching pathkeys for Sort nodes. (This happens
only for certain shapes of the resulting plan; it may be that
partitionwise aggregation is also necessary to show the failure,
though I'm not sure of that.)
Reverting that commit entirely would be quite painful performance-wise
for large partition sets. So instead, add code that explicitly
generates child expressions that match only partitionwise child join
rels we have actually generated.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. (Amit Langote noticed the problem
earlier, though it's not clear if he recognized then that it could
result in a planner error, not merely failure to exploit partitionwise
join, in the code as-committed.) Back-patch to v12 where commit
d25ea0127 came in.
Amit Langote, with lots of kibitzing from me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191011143703.GN10470@telsasoft.com
Historically, the code to build relation options has been shaped the
same way in multiple code paths by using a set of datums in input with
the options parsed with a static table which is then filled with the
option values. This introduces a new common routine in reloptions.c to
do most of the legwork for the in-core code paths.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGsoSn_uTPPYT19WrtR7oYpYtv4CdS0xuedTKiHHWuk_g@mail.gmail.com
As the code stands, nEntries counts the number of ginEntryInsert()
calls, so that's what you end up with at the end of a GIN index build.
However, ginvacuumcleanup() recomputes nEntries as the number of
surviving leaf tuples, and that's generally consistent with the way that
gincostestimate() uses the value. So let's clearly define nEntries
as the number of leaf tuples, and therefore adjust ginEntryInsert() to
increment it only when we make a new one, not when we add TIDs into an
existing tuple or posting tree.
In practice this inconsistency probably has little impact, so I don't
feel a need to back-patch.
Insung Moon and Keisuke Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEMmqBuH_O-oXL+3_ArQ6F5cJ7kXVow2SGQB3HRacku_T+xkmA@mail.gmail.com
Rearrange the logic in record_image_cmp() and datum_image_eq() to
error out on unexpected typlens (either not supported there or
completely invalid due to corruption). Barring corruption, this is
not possible today but it seems more future-proof and robust to fix
this.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Commit 8af1624e3 introduced a warning about possibly returning
without a value, on compilers that don't realize that ereport(ERROR)
doesn't return. Tweak the code to avoid that.
Per buildfarm. Back-patch to 9.6, like the aforesaid commit.
Using incorrect, or just mismatched, dictionary and affix files
could result in a crash, due to failure to cross-check offsets
obtained from the file. Add necessary validation, as well as
some Asserts for future-proofing.
Per bug #16050 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to 9.6 where the
problem was introduced.
Arthur Zakirov, per initial investigation by Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16050-024ae722464ab604@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191013012610.2p2fp3zzpoav7jzf@development
When using CREATE TABLE for a new partition, the partitioned indexes of
the parent are created automatically in a fashion similar to LIKE
INDEXES. The new partition and its parent use a mapping for attribute
numbers for this operation, and while the mapping was correctly built,
its length was defined as the number of attributes of the newly-created
child, and not the parent. If the parent includes dropped columns, this
could cause failures.
This is wrong since 8b08f7d which has introduced the concept of
partitioned indexes, so backpatch down to 11.
Reported-by: Wyatt Alt
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGem3qCcRmhbs4jYMkenYNfP2kEusDXvTfw-q+eOhM0zTceG-g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
A couple of routines assume that the LWLock SyncRepLock needs to be
taken, so add a couple of assertions to be sure of that. Also, when
waiting for a given LSN at transaction commit, the code implied that the
syncrep queue cleanup happens while holding interrupts, but the code
never checked after that.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dongming Liu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0806273-8bbb-43b3-bbe1-c45a58f6ae21.lingce.ldm@alibaba-inc.com
When a backend exits, it gets deleted from the syncrep queue if present.
The queue was checked without SyncRepLock taken in exclusive mode, so it
would have been possible for a backend to remove itself after a WAL
sender already did the job. Fix this issue based on a suggestion from
Fujii Masao, by first checking the queue without the lock. Then, if the
backend is present in the queue, take the lock and perform an additional
lookup check before doing the element deletion.
Author: Dongming Liu
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0806273-8bbb-43b3-bbe1-c45a58f6ae21.lingce.ldm@alibaba-inc.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
This gives an alternative way of catching exceptions, for the common
case where the cleanup code is the same in the error and non-error
cases. So instead of
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_CATCH();
{
cleanup();
PG_RE_THROW();
}
PG_END_TRY();
cleanup();
one can write
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_FINALLY();
{
cleanup();
}
PG_END_TRY();
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95a822c3-728b-af0e-d7e5-71890507ae0c%402ndquadrant.com
IDENT_USERNAME_MAX is the maximum length of the information returned
by an ident server, per RFC 1413. Using it as the buffer size in peer
authentication is inappropriate. It was done here because of the
historical relationship between peer and ident authentication. To
reduce confusion between the two authenticaton methods and disentangle
their code, use a dynamically allocated buffer instead.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c798fba5-8b71-4f27-c78e-37714037ea31%402ndquadrant.com
For historical reasons, the functions for peer authentication were
grouped under ident authentication. But they are really completely
separate, so give them their own section headings.
When cancelling REINDEX CONCURRENTLY after swapping the old and new
indexes (for example interruption at step 5), the old index remains
around and is marked as invalid. The old index should also be manually
droppable to clean up the parent relation from any invalid indexes still
remaining. For a partition index reindexed, pg_class.relispartition was
not getting updated, causing the index to not be droppable as DROP INDEX
would look for dependencies in a partition tree, which do not exist
anymore after the swap phase is done.
The fix here is simple: when swapping the old and new indexes, make sure
that pg_class.relispartition is correctly switched, similarly to what is
done for the index name.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191015164047.GA22729@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Teach get_expr_result_type() to manufacture a tuple descriptor directly
from a RowExpr node. If the RowExpr has type RECORD, this is the only
way to get a tupdesc for its result, since even if the rowtype has been
blessed, we don't have its typmod available at this point. (If the
RowExpr has some named composite type, we continue to let the existing
code handle it, since the RowExpr might well not have the correct column
names embedded in it.)
This fixes assorted corner cases illustrated by the added regression
tests.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10872.1572202006@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 9556aa01c rearranged the innards of text_position() in a way
that would make it not work for empty search strings. Which is fine,
because all callers of that code special-case an empty pattern in
some way. However, the primary use-case (text_position itself) got
special-cased incorrectly: historically it's returned 1 not 0 for
an empty search string. Restore the historical behavior.
Per complaint from Austin Drenski (via Shay Rojansky).
Back-patch to v12 where it got broken.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADT4RqAz7oN4vkPir86Kg1_mQBmBxCp-L_=9vRpgSNPJf0KRkw@mail.gmail.com
When swapping the dependencies of the old and new indexes, the code has
been correctly switching all links in pg_depend from the old to the new
index for both referencing and referenced entries. However it forgot
the fact that the new index may itself have existing entries in
pg_depend, like references to the parent table attributes. This
resulted in duplicated entries in pg_depend after running REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY.
Fix this problem by removing any existing entries in pg_depend on the
new index before switching the dependencies of the old index to the new
one. More regression tests are added to check the consistency of
entries in pg_depend for indexes, including partition indexes.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191025064318.GF8671@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 12
9155580 has changed the value of the first fake LSN for unlogged
relations from 1 to FirstNormalUnloggedLSN (aka 1000), GiST requiring a
non-zero LSN on some pages to allow an interlocking logic to work, but
its value was still initialized to 1 at the beginning of recovery or
after running pg_resetwal. This fixes the initialization for both code
paths.
Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB2503CE851940C17DE44AE3D9FE6F0@OSBPR01MB2503.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Remove SQL_LANGUAGES, which was eliminated in SQL:2008, and
SQL_PACKAGES and SQL_SIZING_PROFILES, which were eliminated in
SQL:2011. Since they were dropped by the SQL standard, the
information in them was no longer updated and therefore no longer
useful.
This also removes the feature-package association information in
sql_feature_packages.txt, but for the time begin we are keeping the
information which features are in the Core package (that is, mandatory
SQL features). Maybe at some point someone wants to invent a way to
store that that does not involve using the "package" mechanism
anymore.
Discussion https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/91334220-7900-071b-9327-0c6ecd012017%402ndquadrant.com
Commit f8e5f156b added private state in postgres.c to track whether
a statement timeout is running. This seems like bad design to me;
timeout.c's private state should be the single source of truth about
that. We already fixed one bug associated with failure to keep those
states in sync (cf. be42015fc), and I've got little faith that we
won't find more in future. So get rid of postgres.c's local variable
by exposing a way to ask timeout.c whether a timeout is running.
(Obviously, such an inquiry is subject to race conditions, but it
seems fine for the purpose at hand.)
To make get_timeout_active() as cheap as possible, add a flag in
the per-timeout struct showing whether that timeout is active.
This allows some small savings elsewhere in timeout.c, mainly
elimination of unnecessary searches of the active_timeouts array.
While at it, fix enable_statement_timeout to not call disable_timeout
when statement_timeout is 0 and the timeout is not running. This
avoids a useless deschedule-and-reschedule-timeouts cycle, which
represents a significant savings (at least one kernel call) when
there is any other active timeout. Right now, there usually isn't,
but there are proposals around to change that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16035-456e6e69ebfd4374@postgresql.org
Historically, we started the timer (if StatementTimeout > 0) at the
beginning of a simple-Query message and usually let it run until the
end, so that the timeout limit applied to the entire query string,
and intra-string changes of the statement_timeout GUC had no effect.
But, confusingly, a COMMIT within the string would reset the state
and allow a fresh timeout cycle to start with the current setting.
Commit f8e5f156b changed the behavior of statement_timeout for extended
query protocol, and as an apparently-unintended side effect, a change in
the statement_timeout GUC during a multi-statement simple-Query message
might have an effect immediately --- but only if it was going from
"disabled" to "enabled".
This is all pretty confusing, not to mention completely undocumented.
Let's change things so that the timeout is always reset between queries
of a multi-query string, whether they're transaction control commands
or not. Thus the active timeout setting is applied to each query in
the string, separately. This costs a few more cycles if statement_timeout
is active, but it provides much more intuitive behavior, especially if one
changes statement_timeout in one of the queries of the string.
Also, add something to the documentation to explain all this.
Per bug #16035 from Raj Mohite. Although this is a bug fix, I'm hesitant
to back-patch it; conceivably somebody has worked out the old behavior
and is depending on it. (But note that this change should make the
behavior less restrictive in most cases, since the timeout will now
be applied to shorter segments of code.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16035-456e6e69ebfd4374@postgresql.org
Phases 2 (building the new index) and 3 (validating the new index)
checked for interrupts outside a transaction context, having as
consequence to not release session-level locks taken on the parent
relation and the old and new indexes processed. This could for example
be triggered with statement_timeout and a bad timing, and would issue
confusing error messages when shutting down the session still holding
the locks (note that an assertion failure would be triggered first), on
top of more issues with concurrent sessions trying to take a lock that
would interfere with the SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE locks hold here.
This moves all the interruption checks inside a transaction context.
Note that I have manually tested all interruptions to make sure that
invalid indexes can be cleaned up properly. Partition indexes still
have issues on their own with some missing dependency handling, which
will be dealt with in a follow-up patch.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191013025145.GC4475@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 12
In the first transaction run for REINDEX CONCURRENTLY, a thinko in the
existing logic caused two session locks to be taken on the old index,
causing the session lock on the newly-created index to be missed. This
made possible concurrent DDL commands (like ALTER INDEX) on the new
index while REINDEX CONCURRENTLY was processing from the point where the
first internal transaction committed.
This issue has been discovered while digging into another bug.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191021074323.GB1869@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 12
Any callback set would have no meaning in the context of an exception.
As an autovacuum worker exits quickly in this context, this could be
only an issue within EmitErrorReport(), where the elog hook is for
example called. That's unlikely to going to be a problem, but let's be
clean and consistent with other code paths handling exceptions. This is
present since 2909419, which introduced autovacuum.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeisM+_+dgmAdAOHAu0k-ZpEHHqSSG=GRf3pKJGm8OqWX0w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
While casting from timestamp to timestamptz we do timestamp2tm() then
tm2timestamp(). This commit eliminates call to tm2timestamp(). Instead, it
directly applies timezone offset to the original timestamp value. That makes
upcoming datetime overflow handling in jsonpath easier. That should also save
us some CPU cycles.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvRPRh_mTGar5WmDeRZ%3DU5dOXHdxspYYD%3D76m3knNGjXA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
We memorize all internal and empty leaf pages in the 1st vacuum stage for
gist indexes. They are used in the 2nd stage, to delete all the empty
pages. There was a memory context page_set_context for this purpose, but
we never used it.
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 12, where it got introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LGr+MN0xHZpJ2dfS8QNQ1a_aROKowZB+MPNep8FVtwAA@mail.gmail.com
Since pluggable storage has been introduced, those two routines have
been replaced by table_open/close, with some compatibility macros still
present to allow extensions to compile correctly with v12.
Some code paths using the old routines still remained, so replace them.
Based on the discussion done, the consensus reached is that it is better
to remove those compatibility macros so as nothing new uses the old
routines, so remove also the compatibility macros.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191017014706.GF5605@paquier.xyz
recovery_min_apply_delay parameter is intended for use with streaming
replication deployments. However, the document clearly explains that
the parameter will be honored in all cases if it's specified. So it should
take effect even if in archive recovery. But, previously, archive recovery
with recovery_min_apply_delay enabled always failed, and caused assertion
failure if --enable-caasert is enabled.
The cause of this problem is that; the ownership of recoveryWakeupLatch
that recovery_min_apply_delay uses was taken only when standby mode
is requested. So unowned latch could be used in archive recovery, and
which caused the failure.
This commit changes recovery code so that the ownership of
recoveryWakeupLatch is taken even in archive recovery. Which prevents
archive recovery with recovery_min_apply_delay from failing.
Back-patch to v9.4 where recovery_min_apply_delay was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEyD6HdZLfdWc+95g=VQFPR4zQL4n+yHxQgGEGjaSVheQ@mail.gmail.com
In v11 or before, this setting could not take effect in crash recovery
because it's specified in recovery.conf and crash recovery always
starts without recovery.conf. But commit 2dedf4d9a8 integrated
recovery.conf into postgresql.conf and which unexpectedly allowed
this setting to take effect even in crash recovery. This is definitely
not good behavior.
To fix the issue, this commit makes crash recovery always ignore
recovery_min_apply_delay setting.
Back-patch to v12 where the issue was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEyD6HdZLfdWc+95g=VQFPR4zQL4n+yHxQgGEGjaSVheQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e445616d-023e-a268-8aa1-67b8b335340c@pgmasters.net
Apparently while this code was being developed,
ReindexRelationConcurrently operated on multiple relations. The version
that was ultimately pushed doesn't, so this comment's use of plural is
inaccurate.
The timestamp tracking the last moment a message is received in a
logical replication worker was initialized in each loop checking if a
message was received or not, causing wal_receiver_timeout to be ignored
in basically any logical replication deployments. This also broke the
ping sent to the server when reaching half of wal_receiver_timeout.
This simply moves the initialization of the timestamp out of the apply
loop to the beginning of LogicalRepApplyLoop().
Reported-by: Jehan-Guillaume De Rorthais
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_ZHESFcWva8jLjtZdCLspMj7vqaB2k++rjHLY897ZxbYw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 10
Logical walsender should exit when it catches up with sending WAL during
shutdown; but there was a rare corner case when it failed to because of
a race condition that puts it back to wait for more WAL instead -- but
since there wasn't any, it'd not shut down immediately. It would only
continue the shutdown when wal_sender_timeout terminates the sleep,
which causes annoying waits during shutdown procedure. Restructure the
code so that we no longer forget to set WalSndCaughtUp in that case.
This was an oversight in commit c6c333436.
Backpatch all the way down to 9.4.
Author: Craig Ringer, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YEuz4XwZX_QmnX_-2530XhyAmnK=zCmicEnq1vLr0aZ-g@mail.gmail.com
Otherwise it can be hard to see where an error is coming from, when
the parallel worker sets all the GUCs that it received from the
leader. Bug #15726. Back-patch to 9.5, where RestoreGUCState()
appeared.
Reported-by: Tiago Anastacio
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15726-6d67e4fa14f027b3%40postgresql.org
Commits 801c2dc7 and 801c2dc7 made it possible for vacuum to
try to freeze a multixact that is still running. That was
prevented by a check, but raised an error. Repair.
Back-patch all the way.
Author: Nathan Bossart, Jeremy Schneider
Reported-by: Jeremy Schneider
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DAFB8AFF-2F05-4E33-AD7F-FF8B0F760C17%40amazon.com
A race condition can make us try to dereference a NULL pointer to the
PGPROC struct of a process that's already finished. That results in
crashes during REINDEX CONCURRENTLY and CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.
This was introduced in ab0dfc961b, so backpatch to pg12.
Reported by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191012004446.GT10470@telsasoft.com
Using glibc's version string to detect potential collation definition
changes is not 100% reliable, but it's better than nothing. Currently
this affects only collations explicitly provided by "libc". More work
will be needed to handle the default collation.
Author: Thomas Munro, based on a suggestion from Christoph Berg
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4b76c6d4-ae5e-0dc6-7d0d-b5c796a07e34%402ndquadrant.com
Since the introduction of different slot types, in 1a0586de36, we
create a virtual slot in tuplesort_begin_cluster(). While that looks
right, it unfortunately doesn't actually work, as ExecStoreHeapTuple()
is used to store tuples in the slot. Unfortunately no regression tests
for CLUSTER on expression indexes existed so far.
Fix the slot type, and add bare bones tests for CLUSTER on expression
indexes.
Reported-By: Justin Pryzby
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191011210320.GS10470@telsasoft.com
Backpatch: 12, like 1a0586de36
POSIX sigaction(2) can be told to block a set of signals while a
signal handler executes. Make use of that instead of manually
blocking and unblocking signals in the postmaster's signal handlers.
This should save a few cycles, and it also prevents recursive
invocation of signal handlers when many signals arrive in close
succession. We have seen buildfarm failures that seem to be due to
postmaster stack overflow caused by such recursion (exacerbated by
a Linux PPC64 kernel bug).
This doesn't change anything about the way that it works on Windows.
Somebody might consider adjusting port/win32/signal.c to let it work
similarly, but I'm not in a position to do that.
For the moment, just apply to HEAD. Possibly we should consider
back-patching this, but it'd be good to let it age awhile first.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14878.1570820201@sss.pgh.pa.us
When dropping a column on a partitioned table which has one or more
partitioned indexes, the operation was failing as dependencies with
partitioned indexes using the column dropped were not getting removed in
a way consistent with the columns involved across all the relations part
of an inheritance tree.
This commit refactors the code executing column drop so as all the
columns from an inheritance tree to remove are gathered first, and
dropped all at the end. This way, we let the dependency machinery sort
out by itself the deletion of all the columns with the partitioned
indexes across a partition tree.
This issue has been introduced by 1d92a0c, so backpatch down to
REL_12_STABLE.
Author: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Ashutosh Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE9kuBsZ3b5pob2-cvE8ofzPWs-og+g8bKKGnu6b4-yTQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Within the context of SCRAM, "verifier" has a specific meaning in the
protocol, per RFCs. The existing code used "verifier" differently, to
mean whatever is or would be stored in pg_auth.rolpassword.
Fix this by using the term "secret" for this, following RFC 5803.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/be397b06-6e4b-ba71-c7fb-54cae84a7e18%402ndquadrant.com
In v11 or before, those settings could not take effect in crash recovery
because they are specified in recovery.conf and crash recovery always
starts without recovery.conf. But commit 2dedf4d9a8 integrated
recovery.conf into postgresql.conf and which unexpectedly allowed
those settings to take effect even in crash recovery. This is definitely
not good behavior.
To fix the issue, this commit makes crash recovery always ignore
restore_command and recovery_end_command settings.
Back-patch to v12 where the issue was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e445616d-023e-a268-8aa1-67b8b335340c@pgmasters.net
In c2fe139c20 I made ATRewriteTable() use tuple slots. Unfortunately
I did not notice that columns can be added in a rewrite that do not
have a default, when another column is added/altered requiring one.
Initialize columns to NULL again, and add tests.
Bug: #16038
Reported-By: anonymous
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16038-5c974541f2bf6749@postgresql.org
Backpatch: 12, where the bug was introduced in c2fe139c20
The file descriptor was opened with read-only to fsync a regular file,
which would cause EBADFD errors on some platforms.
This is similar to the recent fix done by a586cc4b (which was broken by
me with 82a5649), except that I noticed this issue while monitoring the
backend code for similar mistakes. Backpatch to 9.4, as this has been
introduced since logical decoding exists as of b89e151.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191006045548.GA14532@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 9.4
As of d9dd406fe2, we require MSVC 2013,
which means _MSC_VER >= 1800. This means that conditionals about
older versions of _MSC_VER can be removed or simplified.
Previous code was also in some cases handling MinGW, where _MSC_VER is
not defined at all, incorrectly, such as in pg_ctl.c and win32_port.h,
leading to some compiler warnings. This should now be handled better.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
The postmaster's code path for spawning a bgworker neglected to check
whether we already have the max number of live child processes. That's
a bit hard to hit, since it would necessarily be a transient condition;
but if we do, AssignPostmasterChildSlot() fails causing a postmaster
crash, as seen in a report from Bhargav Kamineni.
To fix, invoke canAcceptConnections() in the bgworker code path, as we
do in the other code paths that spawn children. Since we don't want
the same pmState tests in this case, add a child-process-type parameter
to canAcceptConnections() so that it can know what to do.
Back-patch to 9.5. In principle the same hazard exists in 9.4, but the
code is enough different that this patch wouldn't quite fix it there.
Given the tiny usage of bgworkers in that branch it doesn't seem worth
creating a variant patch for it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18733.1570382257@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 1cff1b95a included some code that supposed it could repalloc()
a memory chunk to a smaller size without risk of the chunk moving.
That was not a great idea, because it depended on undocumented behavior
of AllocSetRealloc, which commit c477f3e44 changed thereby breaking it.
(Not to mention that this code ought to work with other memory context
types, which might not work the same...) So get rid of the repalloc
calls, and instead just wipe the now-unused ListCell array and/or tell
Valgrind it's NOACCESS, as if we'd freed it.
In cases where the initial list allocation had been quite large, this
could represent an annoying waste of space. In principle we could
ameliorate that by allocating the initial cell array separately when
it exceeds some threshold. But that would complicate new_list() which
is hot code, and the returns would materialize only in narrow cases.
On balance I don't think it'd be worth it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17059.1570208426@sss.pgh.pa.us
When ExecBRUpdateTriggers()'s GetTupleForTrigger() follows an EPQ
chain the former needs to run the result tuple through the junkfilter
again, and update the slot containing the new version of the tuple to
contain that new version. The input tuple may already be in the
junkfilter's output slot, which used to be OK - we don't need the
previous version anymore. Unfortunately ff11e7f4b9 started to use
ExecCopySlot() to update newslot, and ExecCopySlot() doesn't support
copying a slot into itself, leading to a slot in a corrupt
state, which then can cause crashes or other symptoms.
Fix this by skipping the ExecCopySlot() when copying into itself.
While we could have easily made ExecCopySlot() handle that case, it
seems better to add an assert forbidding doing so instead. As the goal
of copying might be to make the contents of one slot independent from
another, it seems failure prone to handle doing so silently.
A follow-up commit will add tests for the obviously under-covered
combination of EPQ and triggers. Done as a separate commit as it might
make sense to backpatch them further than this bug.
Also remove confusion with confusing variable names for slots in
ExecBRDeleteTriggers() and ExecBRUpdateTriggers().
Bug: #16036
Reported-By: Антон Власов
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16036-28184c90d952fb7f@postgresql.org
Backpatch: 12-, where ff11e7f4b9 was merged
Cribbing from dfbaed4597:
Some operating systems, including the reporter's windows, return EBADFD
or similar when fsync() is invoked on a O_RDONLY file descriptor.
Unfortunately RestoreSlotFromDisk() does exactly that; which causes
failures after restarts in at least some scenarios.
If you hit the bug the error message will be something like
ERROR: could not fsync file "pg_replslot/$name/state": Bad file descriptor
Simply use O_RDWR instead of O_RDONLY when opening the relevant file
descriptor to fix the bug.
Unfortunately this fix was undone in 82a5649fb9. Re-apply, and add a
comment.
Bug: 16039
Reported-By: Hans Buschmann
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16039-196fc97cc05e141c@postgresql.org
Backpatch: 12-, as 82a5649fb9
The old names for the attribute-detoasting functions names included
the word "heap," which seems outdated now that the heap is only one of
potentially many table access methods.
On the other hand, toast_insert_or_update and toast_delete are
heap-specific, so rename them by adding "heap_" as a prefix.
Not all of the work of making the TOAST system fully accessible to AMs
other than the heap is done yet, but there seems to be little harm in
getting this renaming out of the way now. Commit
8b94dab066 already divided up the
functions among various files partially according to whether it was
intended that they should be heap-specific or AM-agnostic, so this is
just clarifying the division contemplated by that commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5ac0d9360 failed to entirely fix bitshiftright's habit of
leaving one-bits in the pad space that should be all zeroes,
because in a moment of sheer brain fade I'd concluded that only
the code path used for not-a-multiple-of-8 shift distances needed
to be fixed. Of course, a multiple-of-8 shift distance can also
cause the problem, so we need to forcibly zero the extra bits
in both cases.
Per bug #16037 from Alexander Lakhin. As before, back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16037-1d1ebca564db54f4@postgresql.org
Commit 5dd7fc1519 added block-level memory accounting, but used int64 variable to
track the amount of allocated memory. That is incorrect, because we have Size for
exactly these purposes, but it was mostly harmless until c477f3e449 which changed
how we handle with repalloc() when downsizing the chunk. Previously we've ignored
these cases and just kept using the original chunk, but now we need to update the
accounting, and the code was doing this:
context->mem_allocated += blksize - oldblksize;
Both blksize and oldblksize are Size (so unsigned) which means the subtraction
underflows, producing a very high positive value. On 64-bit platforms (where Size
has the same size as mem_alllocated) this happens to work because the result wraps
to the right value, but on (some) 32-bit platforms this fails.
This fixes two things - it changes mem_allocated (and related variables) to Size,
and it splits the update to two separate steps, to prevent any underflows.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/15151.1570163761%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Encoding conversion uses the very simplistic rule that the output
can't be more than 4X longer than the input, and palloc's a buffer
of that size. This results in failure to convert any string longer
than 1/4 GB, which is becoming an annoying limitation.
As a band-aid to improve matters, allow the allocated output buffer
size to exceed 1GB. We still insist that the final result fit into
MaxAllocSize (1GB), though. Perhaps it'd be safe to relax that
restriction, but it'd require close analysis of all callers, which
is daunting (not least because external modules might call these
functions). For the moment, this should allow a 2X to 4X improvement
in the longest string we can convert, which is a useful gain in
return for quite a simple patch.
Also, once we have successfully converted a long string, repalloc
the output down to the actual string length, returning the excess
to the malloc pool. This seems worth doing since we can usually
expect to give back several MB if we take this path at all.
This still leaves much to be desired, most notably that the assumption
that MAX_CONVERSION_GROWTH == 4 is very fragile, and yet we have no
guard code verifying that the output buffer isn't overrun. Fixing
that would require significant changes in the encoding conversion
APIs, so it'll have to wait for some other day.
The present patch seems safely back-patchable, so patch all supported
branches.
Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190816181418.GA898@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3614.1569359690@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now, if you resized a large (>8K) palloc chunk down to a smaller
size, aset.c made no attempt to return any space to the malloc pool.
That's unpleasant if a really large allocation is resized to a
significantly smaller size. I think no such cases existed when this
code was designed, and I'm not sure whether they're common even yet,
but an upcoming fix to encoding conversion will certainly create such
cases. Therefore, fix AllocSetRealloc so that it gives realloc()
a chance to do something with the block. This doesn't noticeably
increase complexity, we mostly just have to change the order in which
the cases are considered.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190816181418.GA898@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3614.1569359690@sss.pgh.pa.us
query_tree_walker and query_tree_mutator were skipping the
windowClause of the query, without regard for the fact that the
startOffset and endOffset in a WindowClause node are expression trees
that need to be processed. This was an oversight in commit ec4be2ee6
from 2010 which added the expression fields; the main symptom is that
function parameters in window frame clauses don't work in inlined
functions.
Fix (as conservatively as possible since this needs to not break
existing out-of-tree callers) and add tests.
Backpatch all the way, since this has been broken since 9.0.
Per report from Alastair McKinley; fix by me with kibitzing and review
from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DB6PR0202MB2904E7FDDA9D81504D1E8C68E3800@DB6PR0202MB2904.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
cbc55da has reworked the order of some actions at the end of archive
recovery. Unfortunately this overlooked the fact that the startup
process needs to remove RECOVERYXLOG (for temporary WAL segment newly
recovered from archives) and RECOVERYHISTORY (for temporary history
file) at this step, leaving the files around even after recovery ended.
Backpatch to 9.5, like the previous commit.
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBO_eDQub6zojFnWtnmutRBWvYf7=cW4Hsqj+U_R26w3Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
The location of the session end hook has been chosen so as it is
possible to allow modules to do their own transactions, however any
trying to any any subsystem which went through before_shmem_exit()
would cause issues, limiting the pluggability of the hook.
Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18722.1569906636@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 4d0e994eed added support for partial TOAST decompression, so the
decompression is interrupted after producing the requested prefix. For
prefix and slices near the beginning of the entry, this may saves a lot
of decompression work.
That however only deals with decompression - the whole compressed entry
was still fetched and re-assembled, even though the compression used
only a small fraction of it. This commit improves that by computing how
much compressed data may be needed to decompress the requested prefix,
and then fetches only the necessary part.
We always need to fetch a bit more compressed data than the requested
(uncompressed) prefix, because the prefix may not be compressible at all
and pglz itself adds a bit of overhead. That means this optimization is
most effective when the requested prefix is much smaller than the whole
compressed entry.
Author: Binguo Bao
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Tomas Vondra, Paul Ramsey
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAL-OGkthU9Gs7TZchf5OWaL-Gsi=hXqufTxKv9qpNG73d5na_g@mail.gmail.com
These hooks can be used in loadable modules. A simple test module is
included.
The first attempt was done with cd8ce3a but we lacked handling for
NO_INSTALLCHECK in the MSVC scripts (problem solved afterwards by
431f1599) so the buildfarm got angry. This also fixes a couple of
issues noticed upon review compared to the first attempt, so the code
has slightly changed, resulting in a more simple test module.
Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Michael Paquier, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170720204733.40f2b7eb.nagata@sraoss.co.jp
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190823042602.GB5275@paquier.xyz
Adds accounting of memory allocated in a memory context. Compared to
various ad hoc solutions, the main advantage is that the accounting is
transparent and does not require direct control over allocations (this
matters for use cases where the allocations happen in user code, like
for example aggregate states allocated in a transition functions).
To reduce overhead, the accounting happens at the block level (not for
individual chunks) and only the context immediately owning the block is
updated. When inquiring about amount of memory allocated in a context,
we have to recursively walk all children contexts.
This "lazy" accounting works well for cases with relatively small number
of contexts in the relevant subtree and/or with infrequent inquiries.
Author: Jeff Davis
Reivewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Melanie Plageman, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/027a129b8525601c6a680d27ce3a7172dab61aab.camel@j-davis.com
That avoids unnecessary work during both interpreted execution, and
JIT compiled expression evaluation. Both benefit from fewer expression
steps needing be processed, and for interpreted execution there now is
a fastpath dedicated to just fetching a value from a virtual
slot. That's e.g. beneficial for hashjoins over nodes that perform
projections, as the hashed columns are currently fetched individually.
Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE-ML+9OKSN71+mHtfMD-L24oDp8dGTfaVjDU6U+j+FNAW5kRQ@mail.gmail.com
In v11 or before, recovery target settings could not take effect in
crash recovery because they are specified in recovery.conf and
crash recovery always starts without recovery.conf. But commit
2dedf4d9a8 integrated recovery.conf into postgresql.conf and
which unexpectedly allowed recovery target settings to take effect
even in crash recovery. This is definitely not good behavior.
To fix the issue, this commit makes crash recovery always ignore
recovery target settings.
Back-patch to v12.
Author: Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e445616d-023e-a268-8aa1-67b8b335340c@pgmasters.net
In the course of 5567d12ce0, 356687bd8 and 317ffdfeaa, I changed
BuildTupleHashTable[Ext]'s call to ExecBuildGroupingEqual to not pass
in the parent node, but NULL. Which in turn prevents the tuple
equality comparator from being JIT compiled. While that fixes
bug #15486, it is not actually necessary after all of the above commits,
as we don't re-build the comparator when using the new
BuildTupleHashTableExt() interface (as the content of the hashtable
are reset, but the TupleHashTable itself is not).
Therefore re-allow jit compilation for callers that use
BuildTupleHashTableExt with a separate context for "metadata" and
content.
As in the previous commit, there's ongoing work to make this easier to
test to prevent such regressions in the future, but that
infrastructure is not going to be backpatchable.
The performance impact of not JIT compiling hashtable equality
comparators can be substantial e.g. for aggregation queries that
aggregate a lot of input rows to few output rows (when there are a lot
of output groups, there will be fewer comparisons).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190927072053.njf6prdl3vb7y7qb@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11, just as 5567d12ce0
For many queries the fact that the tuple descriptor from the lower
node was not taken into account when determining whether the type of a
slot is fixed, lead to tuple deforming for such upper nodes not to be
JIT accelerated.
I broke this in 675af5c01e.
There is ongoing work to enable writing regression tests for related
behavior (including a patch that would have detected this
regression), by optionally showing such details in EXPLAIN. But as it
seems unlikely that that will be suitable for stable branches, just
merge the fix for now.
While it's fairly close to the 12 release window, the fact that 11
continues to perform JITed tuple deforming in these cases, that
there's still cases where we do so in 12, and the fact that the
performance regression can be sizable, weigh in favor of fixing it
now.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190927072053.njf6prdl3vb7y7qb@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-, where 675af5c01e was merged.
Some older OpenSSL versions (0.9.8 branch) define TLS*_VERSION macros
but not the corresponding SSL_OP_NO_* macro, which causes the code for
handling ssl_min_protocol_version/ssl_max_protocol_version to fail to
compile. To fix, add more #ifdefs and error handling.
Reported-by: Victor Wagner <vitus@wagner.pp.ru>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190924101859.09383b4f%40fafnir.local.vm
HEAD supports OpenSSL 0.9.8 and newer versions, and this code likely got
forgotten as its surrounding comments mention an incorrect version
number.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190927032311.GB8485@paquier.xyz
For some reason at least gcc-9 warns about the fallthrough, even
though it otherwise recognizes that elog(ERROR, ...) doesn't return.
Author: Andres Freund
The code was enforcing AccessExclusiveLock for all custom relation
options, which is incorrect as the APIs allow a custom lock level to be
set.
While on it, fix a couple of inconsistencies in the tests and the README
of dummy_index_am.
Oversights in commit 773df88.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190925234152.GA2115@paquier.xyz
LIKE INCLUDING DEFAULTS tried to copy the attrdef expression without
copying the state of the attgenerated column. This is in fact wrong,
because GENERATED and DEFAULT expressions are not the same kind of animal;
one can contain Vars and the other not. We *must* copy attgenerated
when we're copying the attrdef expression. Rearrange the if-tests
so that the expression is copied only when the correct one of
INCLUDING DEFAULTS and INCLUDING GENERATED has been specified.
Per private report from Manuel Rigger.
Tom Lane and Peter Eisentraut
This commit implements jsonpath .datetime() method as it's specified in
SQL/JSON standard. There are no-argument and single-argument versions of
this method. No-argument version selects first of ISO datetime formats
matching input string. Single-argument version accepts template string as
its argument.
Additionally to .datetime() method itself this commit also implements
comparison ability of resulting date and time values. There is some difficulty
because exising jsonb_path_*() functions are immutable, while comparison of
timezoned and non-timezoned types involves current timezone. At first, current
timezone could be changes in session. Moreover, timezones themselves are not
immutable and could be updated. This is why we let existing immutable functions
throw errors on such non-immutable comparison. In the same time this commit
provides jsonb_path_*_tz() functions which are stable and support operations
involving timezones. As new functions are added to the system catalog,
catversion is bumped.
Support of .datetime() method was the only blocker prevents T832 from being
marked as supported. sql_features.txt is updated correspondingly.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL/JSON standard allows manipulation with datetime values. So, it appears to
be convinient to allow datetime values to be represented in JsonbValue struct.
These datetime values are allowed for temporary representation only. During
serialization datetime values are converted into strings.
SQL/JSON requires writing timestamps with timezone in the same timezone offset
as they were parsed. This is why we allow storage of timezone offset in
JsonbValue struct. For the same reason timezone offset argument is added to
JsonEncodeDateTime() function.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
Add support of error suppression in some date and time manipulation functions
as it's required for jsonpath .datetime() method support. This commit doesn't
use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement that. Instead, it provides
internal versions of date and time functions used, which support error
suppression.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
This commit adds parse_datetime() function, which implements datetime
parsing with extended features demanded by upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method:
* Dynamic type identification based on template string,
* Support for standard-conforming 'strict' mode,
* Timezone offset is returned as separate value.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL Standard 2016 defines rules for handling separators in datetime template
strings, which are different to to_date()/to_timestamp() rules. Standard
allows only small set of separators and requires strict matching for them.
Standard applies to jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL
clause. We're not going to change handling of separators in existing
to_date()/to_timestamp() functions, because their current behavior is familiar
for users. Standard behavior now available by special flag, which will be used
in upcoming .datetime() jsonpath method.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
All our current in core relation options of type string (not many,
admittedly) behave in reality like enums. But after seeing an
implementation for enum reloptions, it's clear that strings are messier,
so introduce the new reloption type. Switch all string options to be
enums instead.
Fortunately we have a recently introduced test module for reloptions, so
we don't lose coverage of string reloptions, which may still be used by
third-party modules.
Authors: Nikolay Shaplov, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/43332102.S2V5pIjXRx@x200m
Relation options can define a lock mode other than AccessExclusiveMode
since 47167b7, but modules defining custom relation options did not
really have a way to enforce that. Correct that by extending the
current API set so as modules can define a custom lock mode.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920013831.GD1844@paquier.xyz
In-core relation options can use a custom lock mode since 47167b7, that
has lowered the lock available for some autovacuum parameters. However
it forgot to consider custom relation options. This causes failures
with ALTER TABLE SET when changing a custom relation option, as its lock
is not defined. The existing APIs to define a custom reloption does not
allow to define a custom lock mode, so enforce its initialization to
AccessExclusiveMode which should be safe enough in all cases. An
upcoming patch will extend the existing APIs to allow a custom lock mode
to be defined.
The problem can be reproduced with bloom indexes, so add a test there.
Reported-by: Nikolay Sharplov
Analyzed-by: Thomas Munro, Michael Paquier
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920013831.GD1844@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 9.6
The state-tracking of WAL reading in various places was pretty messy,
mostly because the ancient physical-replication WAL reading code wasn't
using the XLogReader abstraction. This led to some untidy code. Make
it prettier by creating two additional supporting structs,
WALSegmentContext and WALOpenSegment which keep track of WAL-reading
state. This makes code cleaner, as well as supports more future
cleanup.
Author: Antonin Houska
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera and (older versions) Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
Fix an oversight in commit 7266d0997: as it stood, the code failed
when a function-in-FROM returns composite and can be simplified
to a composite constant.
For the moment, just test for composite result and abandon pullup
if we see one. To make it actually work, we'd have to decompose
the composite constant into per-column constants; which is surely
do-able, but I'm not convinced it's worth the code space.
Per report from Raúl Marín Rodríguez.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAM6_UM4isP+buRA5sWodO_MUEgutms-KDfnkwGmryc5DGj9XuQ@mail.gmail.com
When a relation is truncated, shared_buffers needs to be scanned
so that any buffers for the relation forks are invalidated in it.
Previously, shared_buffers was scanned for each relation forks, i.e.,
MAIN, FSM and VM, when VACUUM truncated off any empty pages
at the end of relation or TRUNCATE truncated the relation in place.
Since shared_buffers needed to be scanned multiple times,
it could take a long time to finish those commands especially
when shared_buffers was large.
This commit changes the logic so that shared_buffers is scanned only
one time for those three relation forks.
Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Takayuki Tsunakawa and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D09B13F772D2274BB348A310EE3027C64E2067@g01jpexmbkw24
If the bitstring length is not a multiple of 8, we'd shift the
rightmost bits into the pad space, which must be zeroes --- bit_cmp,
for one, depends on that. This'd lead to the result failing to
compare equal to what it should compare equal to, as reported in
bug #16013 from Daryl Waycott.
This is, if memory serves, not the first such bug in the bitstring
functions. In hopes of making it the last one, do a bit more work
than minimally necessary to fix the bug:
* Add assertion checks to bit_out() and varbit_out() to complain if
they are given incorrectly-padded input. This will improve the
odds that manual testing of any new patch finds problems.
* Encapsulate the padding-related logic in macros to make it
easier to use.
Also, remove unnecessary padding logic from bit_or() and bitxor().
Somebody had already noted that we need not re-pad the result of
bit_and() since the inputs are required to be the same length,
but failed to extrapolate that to the other two.
Also, move a comment block that once was near the head of varbit.c
(but people kept putting other stuff in front of it), to put it in
the header block.
Note for the release notes: if anyone has inconsistent data as a
result of saving the output of bitshiftright() in a table, it's
possible to fix it with something like
UPDATE mytab SET bitcol = ~(~bitcol) WHERE bitcol != ~(~bitcol);
This has been broken since day one, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16013-c2765b6996aacae9@postgresql.org
The code used the destination slot's natts where it intended to
use the source slot's natts. Adding an Assert shows that there
is no case in "make check-world" where these counts are different,
so maybe this is a harmless bug, but it's still a bug.
Takayuki Tsunakawa
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1FD34C0E@G01JPEXMBYT05
Move the responsibility for advancing the NOTIFY queue tail pointer
from the listener(s) to the notification sender, and only have the
sender do it once every few queue pages, rather than after every batch
of notifications as at present. This reduces the number of times we
execute asyncQueueAdvanceTail, and reduces contention when there are
multiple listeners (since that function requires exclusive lock).
This change relies on the observation that we don't really need the tail
pointer to be exactly up-to-date. It's certainly not necessary to
attempt to release disk space more often than once per SLRU segment.
The only other usage of the tail pointer is that an incoming listener,
if it's the only listener in its database, will need to scan the queue
forward from the tail; but that's surely a less performance-critical
path than routine sending and receiving of notifies. We compromise by
advancing the tail pointer after every 4 pages of output, so that it
shouldn't get more than a few pages behind.
Also, when sending signals to other backends after adding notify
message(s) to the queue, recognize that only backends in our own
database are going to care about those messages, so only such
backends really need to be awakened promptly. Backends in other
databases should get kicked if they're well behind on reading the
queue, else they'll hold back the global tail pointer; but wakening
them for every single message is pointless. This change can
substantially reduce signal traffic if listeners are spread among
many databases. It won't help for the common case of only a single
active database, but the extra check costs very little.
Martijn van Oosterhout, with some adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADWG95vtRBFDdrx1JdT1_9nhOFw48KaeTev6F_LtDQAFVpSPhA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADWG95uFj8rLM52Er80JnhRsTbb_AqPP1ANHS8XQRGbqLrU+jA@mail.gmail.com
Since we introduced the idea of leakproof functions, texteq and textne
were marked leakproof but their sibling text comparison functions were
not. This inconsistency seemed justified because texteq/textne just
relied on memcmp() and so could easily be seen to be leakproof, while
the other comparison functions are far more complex and indeed can
throw input-dependent errors.
However, that argument crashed and burned with the addition of
nondeterministic collations, because now texteq/textne may invoke
the exact same varstr_cmp() infrastructure as the rest. It makes no
sense whatever to give them different leakproofness markings.
After a certain amount of angst we've concluded that it's all right
to consider varstr_cmp() to be leakproof, mostly because the other
choice would be disastrous for performance of many queries where
leakproofness matters. The input-dependent errors should only be
reachable for corrupt input data, or so we hope anyway; certainly,
if they are reachable in practice, we've got problems with requirements
as basic as maintaining a btree index on a text column.
Hence, run around to all the SQL functions that derive from varstr_cmp()
and mark them leakproof. This should result in a useful gain in
flexibility/performance for queries in which non-leakproofness degrades
the efficiency of the query plan.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
While this isn't an essential bug fix given the determination
that varstr_cmp() is leakproof, we might as well apply it now that
we've been forced into a post-beta4 catversion bump.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31481.1568303470@sss.pgh.pa.us
text_pattern_ops and its siblings can't be used with nondeterministic
collations, because they use the text_eq operator which will not behave
as bitwise equality if applied with a nondeterministic collation. The
initial implementation of that restriction was to insert a run-time test
in the related comparison functions, but that is inefficient, may throw
misleading errors, and will throw errors in some cases that would work.
It seems sufficient to just prevent the combination during CREATE INDEX,
so do that instead.
Lacking any better way to identify the opclasses involved, we need to
hard-wire tests for them, which requires hand-assigned values for their
OIDs, which forces a catversion bump because they previously had OIDs
that would be assigned automatically. That's slightly annoying in the
v12 branch, but fortunately we're not at rc1 yet, so just do it.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
In passing, run make reformat-dat-files, which found some unrelated
whitespace issues (slightly different ones in HEAD and v12).
Peter Eisentraut, with small corrections by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22566.1568675619@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new function stashes its output value in a JsonbValue that can be
passed in by the caller, which enables some of them to pass
stack-allocated structs -- saving palloc cycles. It also allows some
callers that know they are handling a jsonb object to use this new jsonb
object-specific API, instead of going through generic container
findJsonbValueFromContainer.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
Instead of creating an iterator object at each step down the JSONB
object/array, we can just just examine its object/array flags, which is
faster. Also, use the recently introduced JsonbValueAsText instead of
open-coding the same thing, for code simplicity.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
jsonb_object_field_text and jsonb_array_element_text both contained
identical copies of this code, so extract that into new routine
JsonbValueAsText. This can also be used in other places, to measurable
performance benefit: the jsonb_each() and jsonb_array_elements()
functions can use it for outputting text forms instead of their less
efficient current implementation (because we no longer need to build
intermediate a jsonb representation of each value).
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
Although the SQL/JSON tech report makes reference to ECMAScript which
allows both single- and double-quoted strings, all the rest of the
report speaks only of double-quoted string literals in jsonpaths.
That's more compatible with JSON itself; moreover single-quoted strings
are hard to use inside a jsonpath that is itself a single-quoted SQL
literal. So guess that the intent is to allow only double-quoted
literals, and remove lexer support for single-quoted literals.
It'll be less painful to add this again later if we're wrong, than to
remove a shipped feature.
Also, adjust the lexer so that unrecognized backslash sequences are
treated as just meaning the escaped character, not as errors. This
change has much better support in the standards, as JSON, JavaScript
and ECMAScript all make it plain that that's what's supposed to
happen.
Back-patch to v12.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvDci4iqNF9fhRkTqhe-5_8HmzeLt56drH%2B_Rv2rNRqfg@mail.gmail.com
This commit improves subject in two ways:
* It removes ugliness of 02f90879e7, which stores distance values and null
flags in two separate arrays after GISTSearchItem struct. Instead we pack
both distance value and null flag in IndexOrderByDistance struct. Alignment
overhead should be negligible, because we typically deal with at most few
"col op const" expressions in ORDER BY clause.
* It fixes handling of "col op NULL" expression in KNN-SP-GiST. Now, these
expression are not passed to support functions, which can't deal with them.
Instead, NULL result is implicitly assumed. It future we may decide to
teach support functions to deal with NULL arguments, but current solution is
bugfix suitable for backpatch.
Reported-by: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/826f57ee-afc7-8977-c44c-6111d18b02ec%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Make the error messages around GSSAPI encryption a bit clearer. Tweak
some messages to avoid plural problems.
Also make a code change for clarity. Using "conf" for "confidential"
is quite confusing. Using "conf_state" is perhaps not much better but
that's what the GSSAPI documentation uses, so there is at least some
hope of understanding it.
The SQL spec defers to XQuery to define what the option flags are
for LIKE_REGEX patterns. XQuery says that:
* 's' allows the dot character to match newlines, which by
default it will not;
* 'm' allows ^ and $ to match at newlines, not only at the
start/end of the whole string.
Thus, these are *not* inverses as they are for the similarly-named
POSIX options, and neither one corresponds to the POSIX 'n' option.
Fortunately, Spencer's library does expose these two behaviors as
separately twiddlable flags, so we just have to fix the mapping from
JSP flag bits to REG flag bits. I also chose to rename the symbol
for 's' to DOTALL, to make it clearer that it's not the inverse
of MLINE.
Also, XQuery says that if the 'q' flag "is used together with the m, s,
or x flag, that flag has no effect". I read this as saying that 'q'
overrides the other flags; whoever wrote our code seems to have read
it backwards.
Lastly, while XQuery's 'x' flag is related to what Spencer's code
does for REG_EXPANDED, it's not the same or a subset. It seems best
to treat XQuery's 'x' as unimplemented for now. Maybe later we can
expand our regex code to offer 'x'-style parsing as a separate option.
While at it, refactor the jsonpath code so that (a) there's only
one copy of the flag transformation logic not two, and (b) the
processing of flags is independent of the order in which the flags
are written.
We need some documentation updates to go with this, but I'll
tackle that separately.
Back-patch to v12 where this code originated.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvDci4iqNF9fhRkTqhe-5_8HmzeLt56drH%2B_Rv2rNRqfg@mail.gmail.com
Reference: https://www.w3.org/TR/2017/REC-xpath-functions-31-20170321/#flags
SQL Standard 2016 defines SSSSS format pattern for seconds past midnight in
jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL clause. In our
datetime parsing engine we currently support it with SSSS name.
This commit adds SSSSS as an alias for SSSS. Alias is added in favor of
upcoming jsonpath .datetime() method. But it's also supported in to_date()/
to_timestamp() as positive side effect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL Standard 2016 defines FF1-FF9 format patters for fractions of seconds in
jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL clause. Parsing
engine of upcoming .datetime() method will be shared with to_date()/
to_timestamp().
This patch implements FF1-FF6 format patterns for upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method. to_date()/to_timestamp() functions will also get support of this
format patterns as positive side effect. FF7-FF9 are not supported due to
lack of precision in our internal timestamp representation.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
Most WAL records are ignored in early SnapBuild snapshot build phases.
But it's critical to process some of them, so that later messages have
the correct transaction state after the snapshot is completely built; in
particular, XLOG_XACT_ASSIGNMENT messages are critical in order for
sub-transactions to be correctly assigned to their parent transactions,
or at least one assert misbehaves, as reported by Ildar Musin.
Diagnosed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAONYFtOv+Er1p3WAuwUsy1zsCFrSYvpHLhapC_fMD-zNaRWxYg@mail.gmail.com
The progress state was being clobbered once the first index completed
being rebuilt, causing the final phases of the operation not show
anything in the progress view. This was inadvertently broken in
03f9e5cba0, which added progress tracking for REINDEX.
(The reason this bugfix is this small is that I had already noticed this
problem when writing monitoring for CREATE INDEX, and had already worked
around it, as can be seen in discussion starting at
https://postgr.es/m/20190329150218.GA25010@alvherre.pgsql Fixing the
problem is just a matter of fixing one place touched by the REINDEX
monitoring.)
Reported by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801184333.GA21369@alvherre.pgsql
Include newitemoff in rmgr desc output for nbtree page split records.
In passing, correct an obsolete comment that claimed that newitemoff is
only logged for _L variant nbtree page split WAL records.
Both issues were oversights in commit 2c03216d83, which revamped the
WAL format.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch: 9.5-, where the WAL format was revamped.
This is a second try at what commit 57431a911 tried to do, namely,
launch the syslogger before we open postmaster sockets so that our
messages about the sockets end up in the syslogger files. That
commit fell foul of a bunch of subtle issues caused by trying to
launch a postmaster child process before creating shared memory.
Rather than messing with that interaction, let's postpone opening
the sockets till after we launch the syslogger.
This would not have been terribly safe before commit 7de19fbc0,
because we relied on socket opening to detect whether any competing
postmasters were using the same port number. But now that we choose
IPC keys without regard to the port number, there's no interaction
to worry about.
Also delay creation of the external PID file (if requested) till after
the sockets are open, since external code could plausibly be relying
on that ordering of events. And postpone most of the work of
RemovePgTempFiles() so that that potentially-slow processing still
happens after we make the external PID file. We have to be a bit
careful about that last though: as noted in the discussion subsequent to
bug #15804, EXEC_BACKEND builds still have to clear the parameter-file
temp dir before launching the syslogger.
Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review/testing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15804-3721117bf40fb654@postgresql.org
When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and
how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not
possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics
objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets
with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target.
That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set
for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful
to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the
other way around), but with this approach that's not possible.
So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics
target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value
derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default).
ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value;
When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we
first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall
back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and
then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible
with older PostgreSQL releases.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
Up to now, async.c scanned its whole array of per-backend state
whenever it needed to find listening backends. That's expensive
if MaxBackends is large, so extend the data structure with list
links that thread the active entries together.
A downside of this change is that asyncQueueUnregister (unregister
a listening backend at backend exit) now requires exclusive not shared
lock, and it can take awhile if there are many other listening
backends. We could improve the latter issue by using a doubly- not
singly-linked list, but it's probably not worth the storage space;
typical usage patterns for LISTEN/NOTIFY have fairly long-lived
listeners.
In return for that, Exec_ListenPreCommit (initially register a
listening backend), SignalBackends, and asyncQueueAdvanceTail
get significantly faster when MaxBackends is much larger than
the number of listening backends. If most of the potential
backend slots are listening, we don't win, but that's a case
where the actual interprocess-signal overhead is going to swamp
these considerations anyway.
Martijn van Oosterhout, hacked a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADWG95vtRBFDdrx1JdT1_9nhOFw48KaeTev6F_LtDQAFVpSPhA@mail.gmail.com
Assert that _bt_binsrch() binary searches with scantid set in insertion
scankey cannot be performed on leaf pages. Leaf-level binary searches
where scantid is set must use _bt_binsrch_insert() instead.
_bt_binsrch_insert() is likely to have additional responsibilities in
the future, such as searching within GIN-style posting lists using
scantid. It seems like a good idea to tighten things up now.
In ad0bda5d24 I changed the EvalPlanQual machinery to store
substitution tuples in slot, instead of using plain HeapTuples. The
main motivation for that was that using HeapTuples will be inefficient
for future tableams. But it turns out that that conversion was buggy
for non-locking rowmarks - the wrong tuple descriptor was used to
create the slot.
As a secondary issue 5db6df0c0 changed ExecLockRows() to begin EPQ
earlier, to allow to fetch the locked rows directly into the EPQ
slots, instead of having to copy tuples around. Unfortunately, as Tom
complained, that forces some expensive initialization to happen
earlier.
As a third issue, the test coverage for EPQ was clearly insufficient.
Fixing the first issue is unfortunately not trivial: Non-locked row
marks were fetched at the start of EPQ, and we don't have the type
information for the rowmarks available at that point. While we could
change that, it's not easy. It might be worthwhile to change that at
some point, but to fix this bug, it seems better to delay fetching
non-locking rowmarks when they're actually needed, rather than
eagerly. They're referenced at most once, and in cases where EPQ
fails, might never be referenced. Fetching them when needed also
increases locality a bit.
To be able to fetch rowmarks during execution, rather than
initialization, we need to be able to access the active EPQState, as
that contains necessary data. To do so move EPQ related data from
EState to EPQState, and, only for EStates creates as part of EPQ,
reference the associated EPQState from EState.
To fix the second issue, change EPQ initialization to allow use of
EvalPlanQualSlot() to be used before EvalPlanQualBegin() (but
obviously still requiring EvalPlanQualInit() to have been done).
As these changes made struct EState harder to understand, e.g. by
adding multiple EStates, significantly reorder the members, and add a
lot more comments.
Also add a few more EPQ tests, including one that fails for the first
issue above. More is needed.
Reported-By: yi huang
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAHU7rYZo_C4ULsAx_LAj8az9zqgrD8WDd4hTegDTMM1LMqrBsg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/24530.1562686693@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 12-, where the EPQ changes were introduced
f2e40380 introduces support of non-key attributes in GiST indexes. Then if
get_index_column_opclass() is asked by gistproperty() to get an opclass of
non-key column, it returns garbage past oidvector value. This commit fixes
that by making get_index_column_opclass() return InvalidOid in this case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190902231948.GA5343%40alvherre.pgsql
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 12
Some of these are quite old, but that doesn't make them not bugs.
We'd rather report a failure via elog than SIGSEGV.
While at it, uniformly spell the error check as !RelationIsValid(rel)
rather than a bare rel == NULL test. The machine code is the same
but it seems better to be consistent.
Coverity complained about this today, not sure why, because the
mistake is in fact old.
In order to implement NULL LAST semantic GiST previously assumed distance to
the NULL value to be Inf. However, our distance functions can return Inf and
NaN for non-null values. In such cases, NULL LAST semantic appears to be
broken. This commit fixes that by introducing separate array of null flags for
distances.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsNvNdA0DBS%2BwMpFrgwT6C3-q50sFVGLSiuWnV3FqOJuQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Previously plain float comparison was used in GiST pairing heap. Such
comparison doesn't provide proper ordering for value sets containing Inf and Nan
values. This commit fixes that by usage of float8_cmp_internal(). Note, there
is remaining problem with NULL distances, which are represented as Inf in
pairing heap. It would be fixes in subsequent commit.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Reported-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsNvNdA0DBS%2BwMpFrgwT6C3-q50sFVGLSiuWnV3FqOJuQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Backpatch-through: 9.4
When using COMMIT AND CHAIN or ROLLBACK AND CHAIN not in an explicit
transaction block, the previous implementation would leave a
transaction block active in the ROLLBACK case but not the COMMIT case.
To fix for now, error out when using these commands not in an explicit
transaction block. This restriction could be lifted if a sensible
definition and implementation is found.
Bug: #15977
Author: fn ln <emuser20140816@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Commit 6f6b99d13 stuck an INFO message into the fast path for
checking partition constraints, for no very good reason except
that it made it easy for the regression tests to verify that
that path was taken. Assorted later patches did likewise,
increasing the unsuppressable-chatter level from ALTER TABLE
even more. This isn't good for the user experience, so let's
drop these messages down to DEBUG1 where they belong. So as
not to have a loss of test coverage, create a TAP test that
runs the relevant queries with client_min_messages = DEBUG1
and greps for the expected messages.
This testing method is a bit brute-force --- in particular,
it duplicates the execution of a fair amount of the core
create_table and alter_table tests. We experimented with
other solutions, but running any significant amount of
standard testing with client_min_messages = DEBUG1 seems
to have a lot of output-stability pitfalls, cf commits
bbb96c370 and 5655565c0. Possibly at some point we'll look
into whether we can reduce the amount of test duplication.
Backpatch into v12, because some of these messages are new
in v12 and we don't really want to ship it that way.
Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/81911511895540@web58j.yandex.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4859321552643736@myt5-02b80404fd9e.qloud-c.yandex.net
As a result of some long-ago quick hacks, the SIMILAR TO operator
and the corresponding flavor of substring() interpreted "ESCAPE NULL"
as selecting the default escape character '\'. This is both
surprising and not per spec: the standard is clear that these
functions should return NULL for NULL input.
Additionally, because of inconsistency of the strictness markings
of 3-argument substring() and similar_escape(), the planner could not
inline the SQL definition of substring(), resulting in a substantial
performance penalty compared to the underlying POSIX substring()
function.
The simplest fix for this would be to change the strictness marking
of similar_escape(), but if we do that we risk breaking existing views
that depend on that function. Hence, leave similar_escape() as-is
as a compatibility function, and instead invent a new function
similar_to_escape() that comes in two strict variants.
There are a couple of other behaviors in this area that are also
not per spec, but they are documented and seem generally at least
as sane as the spec's definition, so leave them alone. But improve
the documentation to describe them fully.
Patch by me; thanks to Álvaro Herrera and Andrew Gierth for review
and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14047.1557708214@sss.pgh.pa.us
This moves much of the non-heap-specific logic from toast_delete and
toast_insert_or_update into a helper functions accessible via a new
header, toast_helper.h. Using the functions in this module, a table
AM can implement creation and deletion of TOAST table rows with
much less code duplication than was possible heretofore. Some
table AMs won't want to use the TOAST logic at all, but for those
that do this will make that easier.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
The old code didn't differentiate between a read error and a
concurrent truncation. fread reports both of these by returning 0;
you have to use feof() or ferror() to distinguish between them,
which this code did not do.
It might be a better idea to use read() rather than fread() here,
so that we can display a less-generic error message, but I'm not
sure that would qualify as a back-patchable bug fix, so just do
this much for now.
Jeevan Chalke, reviewed by Jeevan Ladhe and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobG4ywMzL5oQq2a8YKp8x2p3p1LOMMcGqpS7aekT9+ETA@mail.gmail.com
Previously even if postmaster died and WaitLatch() woke up with that event
while pg_promote() was waiting for the standby promotion to finish,
pg_promote() did nothing special and kept waiting until timeout occurred.
This could cause a busy loop.
This patch make pg_promote() return false immediately when postmaster
dies, to avoid such a busy loop.
Back-patch to v12 where pg_promote() was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEs9ROgSp+QF+YdDU+xP8W=CY1k-_Ov-d_Z3JY+to3eXA@mail.gmail.com
This approach provides a much tighter binding between a data directory
and the associated SysV shared memory block (and SysV or named-POSIX
semaphores, if we're using those). Key collisions are still possible,
but only between data directories stored on different filesystems,
so the situation should be negligible in practice. More importantly,
restarting the postmaster with a different port number no longer
risks failing to identify a relevant shared memory block, even when
postmaster.pid has been removed. A standalone backend is likewise
much more certain to detect conflicting leftover backends.
(In the longer term, we might now think about deprecating the port as
a cluster-wide value, so that one postmaster could support sockets
with varying port numbers. But that's for another day.)
The hazards fixed here apply only on Unix systems; our Windows code
paths already use identifiers derived from the data directory path
name rather than the port.
src/test/recovery/t/017_shm.pl, which intends to test key-collision
cases, has been substantially rewritten since it can no longer use
two postmasters with identical port numbers to trigger the case.
Instead, use Perl's IPC::SharedMem module to create a conflicting
shmem segment directly. The test script will be skipped if that
module is not available. (This means that some older buildfarm
members won't run it, but I don't think that that results in any
meaningful coverage loss.)
Patch by me; thanks to Noah Misch and Peter Eisentraut for discussion
and review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16908.1557521200@sss.pgh.pa.us
detoast.c/h contain functions required to detoast a datum, partially
or completely, plus a few other utility functions for examining the
size of toasted datums.
toast_internals.c/h contain functions that are used internally to the
TOAST subsystem but which (mostly) do not need to be accessed from
outside.
heaptoast.c/h contains code that is intrinsically specific to the
heap AM, either because it operates on HeapTuples or is based on the
layout of a heap page.
detoast.c and toast_internals.c are placed in
src/backend/access/common rather than src/backend/access/heap. At
present, both files still have dependencies on the heap, but that will
be improved in a future commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Use the explicit_bzero() function in places where it is important that
security information such as passwords is cleared from memory. There
might be other places where it could be useful; this is just an
initial collection.
For platforms that don't have explicit_bzero(), provide various
fallback implementations. (explicit_bzero() itself isn't standard,
but as Linux/glibc, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD have it, it's the most common
spelling, so it makes sense to make that the invocation point.)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/42d26bde-5d5b-c90d-87ae-6cab875f73be%402ndquadrant.com
The logic ending progress reporting for a backend entry introduced by
b6fb647 causes callers of pgstat_progress_end_command() to do some extra
work when track_activities is enabled as the process fields are reset in
the backend entry even if no command were started for reporting.
This resets the fields only if a command is registered for progress
reporting, and only if track_activities is enabled.
Author: Masahiho Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCry_vJ0E-m5oxJXGL3pnos-xYGCzF95rK5Bbi3Uf-rpA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6
This function is only used by xlogreader.c itself, so there's no need to
export it. It was introduced by commit 3b02ea4f07 with the apparent
intention that it could be used externally, but I couldn't find any
external code calling it.
I (Álvaro) couldn't resist the urge to sort nearby function prototypes
properly while at it.
Author: Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
The message was included as a parameter when this function was added in
dcb2bda9b7, but I don't think it has ever served any useful purpose.
Let's stop spreading it pointlessly.
Reviewed by Amit Langote and Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190806224728.GA17233@alvherre.pgsql
The leak happens in str_tolower, str_toupper and str_initcap, which are
used in several places including their equivalent SQL-level functions,
and can only be triggered when using an ICU-provided collation when
converting the input string.
b615920 fixed a similar leak. Backpatch down 10 where ICU collations
have been introduced.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94c0ad0a-cbc2-e4a3-7829-2bdeaf9146db@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 10
In what seems like a fit of misplaced optimization,
ExtractReplicaIdentity() accessed the relation's replica-identity
index without taking any lock on it. Usually, the surrounding query
already holds some lock so this is safe enough ... but in the case
of a previously-planned delete, there might be no existing lock.
Given a suitable test case, this is exposed in v12 and HEAD by an
assertion added by commit b04aeb0a0.
The whole thing's rather poorly thought out anyway; rather than
looking directly at the index, we should use the index-attributes
bitmap that's held by the parent table's relcache entry, as the
caller functions do. This is more consistent and likely a bit
faster, since it avoids a cache lookup. Hence, change to doing it
that way.
While at it, rather than blithely assuming that the identity
columns are non-null (with catastrophic results if that's wrong),
add assertion checks that they aren't null. Possibly those should
be actual test-and-elog, but I'll leave it like this for now.
In principle, this is a bug that's been there since this code was
introduced (in 9.4). In practice, the risk seems quite low, since
we do have a lock on the index's parent table, so concurrent
changes to the index's catalog entries seem unlikely. Given the
precedent that commit 9c703c169 wasn't back-patched, I won't risk
back-patching this further than v12.
Per report from Hadi Moshayedi.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAK=1=Wrek44Ese1V7LjKiQS-Nd-5LgLi_5_CskGbpggKEf3tKQ@mail.gmail.com
The comment did not match what the code actually did for integers with
the 43rd bit set. You get an integer like that, if you have a posting
list with two adjacent TIDs that are more than 2^31 blocks apart.
According to the comment, we would store that in 6 bytes, with no
continuation bit on the 6th byte, but in reality, the code encodes it
using 7 bytes, with a continuation bit on the 6th byte as normal.
The decoding routine also handled these 7-byte integers correctly, except
for an overflow check that assumed that one integer needs at most 6 bytes.
Fix the overflow check, and fix the comment to match what the code
actually does. Also fix the comment that claimed that there are 17 unused
bits in the 64-bit representation of an item pointer. In reality, there
are 64-32-11=21.
Fitting any item pointer into max 6 bytes was an important property when
this was written, because in the old pre-9.4 format, item pointers were
stored as plain arrays, with 6 bytes for every item pointer. The maximum
of 6 bytes per integer in the new format guaranteed that we could convert
any page from the old format to the new format after upgrade, so that the
new format was never larger than the old format. But we hardly need to
worry about that anymore, and running into that problem during upgrade,
where an item pointer is expanded from 6 to 7 bytes such that the data
doesn't fit on a page anymore, is implausible in practice anyway.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
This also includes a little test module to test these large distances
between item pointers, without requiring a 16 TB table. It is not
backpatched, I'm including it more for the benefit of future development
of new posting list formats.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/33bfc20a-5c86-f50c-f5a5-58e9925d05ff%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov
RelationAllowsEarlyPruning() performed a catalog scan, but is used
in two contexts where that was a bad idea:
1. In heap_page_prune_opt(), which runs very frequently in some large
scans. This caused major performance problems in a field report
that was easy to reproduce.
2. In TestForOldSnapshot(), which runs while we hold a buffer content
lock. It's not clear if this was guaranteed to be free of buffer
deadlock risk.
The check was introduced in commit 2cc41acd8 and defended against a
real problem: 9.6's hash indexes have no page LSN and so we can't
allow early pruning (ie the snapshot-too-old feature). We can remove
the check from all later releases though: hash indexes are now logged,
and there is no way to create UNLOGGED indexes on regular logged
tables.
If a future release allows such a combination, it might need to put
a similar check in place, but it'll need some more thought.
Back-patch to 10.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, who spotted the second problem
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKT8oTkp5jw_U4p0S-7UG9zsvtw_M47Y285bER6a2gD%2Bg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BWy%2BN4eE5zPm765h68LrkWc3Biu_8rzzi%2BOYX4j%2BiHRw%40mail.gmail.com
Commit efada2b8e9, which made the nbtree page deletion algorithm more
robust, removed the concept of a half-dead internal page. Remove a
comment about half dead parent pages that was overlooked.
An empty file name or subdirectory name leads join_path_components() to
just produce the parent directory name, which leads to weird failures or
recursive inclusions. Let's throw a specific error for that. It takes
only slightly more code to detect all-blank names, so do so.
Also, detect direct recursion, ie a file calling itself. As coded
this will also detect recursion via "include_dir '.'", which is
perhaps more likely than explicitly including the file itself.
Detecting indirect recursion would require API changes for guc-file.l
functions, which seems not worth it since extensions might call them.
The nesting depth limit will catch such cases eventually, just not
with such an on-point error message.
In passing, adjust the example usages in postgresql.conf.sample
to perhaps eliminate the problem at the source: there's no reason
for the examples to suggest that an empty value is valid.
Per a trouble report from Brent Bates. Back-patch to 9.5; the
issue is old, but the code in 9.4 is enough different that the
patch doesn't apply easily, and it doesn't seem worth the trouble
to fix there.
Ian Barwick and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c8bcbca-3bd9-dc6e-8986-04a5abdef142@2ndquadrant.com
A report from Alvaro Herrera shows that if we're in PM_STARTUP
state, and we spawn a dead_end child to reject some incoming
connection request, and that child dies with an unexpected exit
code, the postmaster does not respond well. We correctly send
SIGQUIT to the startup process, but then:
* if the startup process exits with nonzero exit code, as expected,
we thought that that indicated a crash and aborted startup.
* if the startup process exits with zero exit code, which is possible
due to the inherent race condition, we'd advance to PM_RUN state
which is fine --- but the code forgot that AbortStartTime would be
nonzero in this situation. We'd either die on the Asserts saying
that it was zero, or perhaps misbehave later on. (A quick look
suggests that the only misbehavior might be busy-waiting due to
DetermineSleepTime doing the wrong thing.)
To fix the first point, adjust the state-machine logic to recognize
that a nonzero exit code is expected after sending SIGQUIT, and have
it transition to a state where we can restart the startup process.
To fix the second point, change the Asserts to clear the variable
rather than just claiming it should be clear already.
Perhaps we could improve this further by not treating a crash of
a dead_end child as a reason for panic'ing the database. However,
since those child processes are connected to shared memory, that
seems a bit risky. There are few good reasons for a dead_end child
to report failure anyway (the cause of this in Alvaro's report is
quite unclear). On balance, therefore, a minimal fix seems best.
This is an oversight in commit 45811be94. While that was back-patched,
I'm hesitant to back-patch this change. The lack of reasons for a
dead_end child to fail suggests that the case should be very rare in
the field, which squares with the lack of reports; so it seems like
this might not be worth the risk of introducing new issues. In any
case we can let it bake awhile in HEAD before considering a back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190615160950.GA31378@alvherre.pgsql
Bleeding-edge LLVM has stopped supplying replacements for various
C++14 library features, for people on older C++ versions. Since we're
not ready to require C++14 yet, just use plain old new instead of
make_unique. As revealed by buildfarm animal seawasp.
Back-patch to 11.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJWG7unNqmkxg7nC5o3o-0p2XP6co4r%3D9epqYMm8UY4Mw%40mail.gmail.com
The Postgres approach to coupling locks during an ascent of the tree is
slightly different to the approach taken by Lehman and Yao. Add a new
paragraph to the "Differences to the Lehman & Yao algorithm" section of
the nbtree README that explains the similarities and differences.
Adjust the struct comment that describes how page splits use their
descent stack to cascade up the tree from the leaf level.
In passing, fix up some unrelated nbtree comments that had typos or were
obsolete.
In early development patches, "replication origins" were called "identifiers";
almost everything was renamed, but these references to the old terminology
went unnoticed.
Reported-by: Craig Ringer
If the record argument is NULL and has no declared type more concrete
than RECORD, we can't extract useful information about the desired
rowtype from it. In this case, see if we're in FROM with an AS clause,
and if so extract the needed rowtype info from AS.
It worked like this before v11, but commit 37a795a60 removed the
behavior, reasoning that it was undocumented, inefficient, and utterly
not self-consistent. If you want to take type info from an AS clause,
you should be using the json_to_record() family of functions not the
json_populate_record() family. Also, it was already the case that
the "populate" functions would fail for a null-valued RECORD input
(with an unfriendly "record type has not been registered" error)
when there wasn't an AS clause at hand, and it wasn't obvious that
that behavior wasn't OK when there was one. However, it emerges
that some people were depending on this to work, and indeed the
rather off-point error message you got if you left off AS encouraged
slapping on AS without switching to the json_to_record() family.
Hence, put back the fallback behavior of looking for AS. While at it,
improve the run-time error you get when there's no place to obtain type
info; we can do a lot better than "record type has not been registered".
(We can't, unfortunately, easily improve the parse-time error message
that leads people down this path in the first place.)
While at it, I refactored the code a bit to avoid duplicating the
same logic in several different places.
Per bug #15940 from Jaroslav Sivy. Back-patch to v11 where the
current coding came in. (The pre-v11 deficiencies in this area
aren't regressions, so we'll leave those branches alone.)
Patch by me, based on preliminary analysis by Dmitry Dolgov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15940-2ab76dc58ffb85b6@postgresql.org
Prefix inet_net_ntop and sibling routines with "pg_" to ensure that
they aren't mistaken for C-library functions. This fixes warnings
from cpluspluscheck on some platforms, and should help reduce reader
confusion everywhere, since our functions aren't exactly interchangeable
with the library versions (they may have different ideas about address
family codes).
This shouldn't be fixing any actual bugs, unless somebody's linker
is misbehaving, so no need to back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove use of "register" keyword in hashfn.c. It's obsolescent
according to recent C++ compilers, and no modern C compiler pays
much attention to it either.
Also fix one cosmetic warning about signed vs unsigned comparison.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
If a table inherits from multiple unrelated parents, we must disallow
changing the type of a column inherited from multiple such parents, else
it would be out of step with the other parents. However, it's possible
for the column to ultimately be inherited from just one common ancestor,
in which case a change starting from that ancestor should still be
allowed. (I would not be excited about preserving that option, were
it not that we have regression test cases exercising it already ...)
It's slightly annoying that this patch looks different from the logic
with the same end goal in renameatt(), and more annoying that it
requires an extra syscache lookup to make the test. However, the
recursion logic is quite different in the two functions, and a
back-patched bug fix is no place to be trying to unify them.
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to 9.5. The bug exists in
9.4 too (and doubtless much further back); but the way the recursion
is done in 9.4 is a good bit different, so that substantial refactoring
would be needed to fix it in 9.4. I'm disinclined to do that, or risk
introducing new bugs, for a bug that has escaped notice for this long.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA4qogDv9rz1HAb-ADxttXYPqQdUdPY_yd4kCzywNxRQXA@mail.gmail.com
For most uses of acl.h the details of how "Acl" internally looks like
are irrelevant. It might make sense to move a lot of the
implementation details into a separate header at a later point.
The main motivation of this change is to avoid including fmgr.h (via
array.h, which needs it for exposed structs) in a lot of files that
otherwise don't need it. A subsequent commit will remove the fmgr.h
include from a lot of files.
Directly include utils/array.h and utils/expandeddatum.h from the
files that need them, but previously included them indirectly, via
acl.h.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 4b93f5799 rearranged things in plpgsql to make it cope better with
composite types changing underneath it intra-session. However, I failed to
consider the case of a composite type being dropped and recreated entirely.
In my defense, the previous coding didn't consider that possibility at all
either --- but it would accidentally work so long as you didn't change the
type's field list, because the built-at-compile-time list of component
variables would then still match the type's new definition. The new
coding, however, occasionally tries to re-look-up the type by OID, and
then fails to find the dropped type.
To fix this, we need to save the TypeName struct, and then redo the type
OID lookup from that. Of course that's expensive, so we don't want to do
it every time we need the type OID. This can be fixed in the same way that
4b93f5799 dealt with changes to composite types' definitions: keep an eye
on the type's typcache entry to see if its tupledesc has been invalidated.
(Perhaps, at some point, this mechanism should be generalized so it can
work for non-composite types too; but for now, plpgsql only tries to
cope with intra-session redefinitions of composites.)
I'm slightly hesitant to back-patch this into v11, because it changes
the contents of struct PLpgSQL_type as well as the signature of
plpgsql_build_datatype(), so in principle it could break code that is
poking into the innards of plpgsql. However, the only popular extension
of that ilk is pldebugger, and it doesn't seem to be affected. Since
this is a regression for people who were relying on the old behavior,
it seems worth taking the small risk of causing compatibility issues.
Per bug #15913 from Daniel Fiori. Back-patch to v11 where 4b93f5799
came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15913-a7e112e16dedcffc@postgresql.org
Previously, async.c got rid of duplicate notifications by scanning
the list of pending events to compare each one to the proposed new
event. This works okay for very small numbers of distinct events,
but degrades as O(N^2) for many events. We can improve matters by
using a hash table to probe for duplicates. So as not to add a
lot of overhead for the simple cases that the code did handle well
before, create the hash table only once a (sub)transaction has
queued more than 16 distinct notify events.
A downside is that we now have to do per-event work to propagate
a successful subtransaction's notify events up to its parent.
(But this isn't significant unless the subtransaction had many
events, in which case the O(N^2) behavior would have been in
play already, so we still come out ahead.)
We can make some lemonade out of this lemon, though: since we must
examine each event anyway, it's now possible to de-duplicate events
fully, rather than skipping that for events merged up from
subtransactions. Hence, remove the old weasel wording in notify.sgml
about whether de-duplication happens or not, and adjust the test
case in async-notify.spec that exhibited the old behavior.
While at it, rearrange the definition of struct Notification to make
it more compact and require just one palloc per event, rather than
two or three. This saves space when there are a lot of events,
in fact more than enough to buy back the space needed for the hash
table.
Patch by me, based on discussions around a different patch
submitted by Filip Rembiałkowski.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17822.1564186806@sss.pgh.pa.us
ALTER SYSTEM itself normally won't make duplicate entries (although
up till this patch, it was possible to confuse it by writing case
variants of a GUC's name). However, if some external tool has appended
entries to the file, that could result in duplicate entries for a single
GUC name. In such a situation, ALTER SYSTEM did exactly the wrong thing,
because it replaced or removed only the first matching entry, leaving
the later one(s) still there and hence still determining the active value.
This patch fixes that by making ALTER SYSTEM sweep through the file and
remove all matching entries, then (if not ALTER SYSTEM RESET) append the
new setting to the end. This means entries will be in order of last
setting rather than first setting, but that shouldn't hurt anything.
Also, make the comparisons case-insensitive so that the right things
happen if you do, say, ALTER SYSTEM SET "TimeZone" = 'whatever'.
This has been broken since ALTER SYSTEM was invented, so back-patch
to all supported branches.
Ian Barwick, with minor mods by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aed6cc9f-98f3-2693-ac81-52bb0052307e@2ndquadrant.com
The initial value of the nbtree stack downlink block number field
recorded during an initial descent of the tree wasn't actually used.
Both _bt_getstackbuf() callers overwrote the value with their own value.
Remove the block number field from the stack struct, and add a child
block number argument to _bt_getstackbuf() in its place. This makes the
overall design of _bt_getstackbuf() clearer.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmx+UbXt2YNOUCZ-a04VdXU=S=OHuAuD7Z8uQq-PXTYUg@mail.gmail.com
Commit d2086b08b0 removed almost all cases where nbtree must release a
read buffer lock and acquire a write buffer lock instead, so remaining
cases in which that's still necessary are not notable enough to appear
in the nbtree README.
More importantly, holding on to a buffer pin in cases where nbtree must
trade a read lock for a write lock is very unlikely to save any I/O.
This seems to have been a long overlooked throwback to a time when
nbtree cared about write-ordering dependencies, and performed
synchronous buffer writes. It hasn't worked that way in many years.
Use the PageIndexTupleOverwrite() bufpage.c routine within nbtree
instead of deleting a tuple and re-inserting its replacement. This
makes the intent of affected code slightly clearer. It also makes
CREATE INDEX slightly faster, since there is no longer a need to shift
every leaf page's line pointer array back and forth during index builds.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Anastasia Lubennikova
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Zk=B9+Vwm376WuO7YTjFc2SSskifQm4Nme3RRRPtOSQ@mail.gmail.com
We only need to invoke constraint exclusion on partitioned tables when
they are a partition, and they themselves contain a default partition;
it's not necessary otherwise, and it's expensive, so avoid it. Also, we
were trying once for each clause separately, but we can do it for all
the clauses at once.
While at it, centralize setting of RelOptInfo->partition_qual instead of
computing it in slightly different ways in different places.
Per complaints from Simon Riggs about 4e85642d935e; reviewed by Yuzuko
Hosoya, Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Author: Amit Langote. I (Álvaro) again mangled the patch somewhat.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+j+tMCY=nEcQeqQam85=uopLBtX-2vHiLD2bbp7iQQUKpA@mail.gmail.com
As coded, the ICU-collation path in pattern_char_isalpha() failed
to consider regular ASCII letters to be case-varying. This led to
like_fixed_prefix treating too much of an ILIKE pattern as being a
fixed prefix, so that indexscans derived from an ILIKE clause might
miss entries that they should find.
Per bug #15892 from James Inform. This is an oversight in the original
ICU patch (commit eccfef81e), so back-patch to v10 where that came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15892-e5d2bea3e8a04a1b@postgresql.org
Now that list_nth is O(1), there's no good reason to maintain a
separate array of RTE pointers rather than indexing into
estate->es_range_table. Deleting the array doesn't save all that
much either; but just on cleanliness grounds, it's better not to
have duplicate representations of the identical information.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14960.1565384592@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the result of list_concat no longer
shares the ListCells of the second input. Therefore, we can replace
"list_concat(x, list_copy(y))" with just "list_concat(x, y)".
To improve call sites that were list_copy'ing the first argument,
or both arguments, invent "list_concat_copy()" which produces a new
list sharing no ListCells with either input. (This is a bit faster
than "list_concat(list_copy(x), y)" because it makes the result list
the right size to start with.)
In call sites that were not list_copy'ing the second argument, the new
semantics mean that we are usually leaking the second List's storage,
since typically there is no remaining pointer to it. We considered
inventing another list_copy variant that would list_free the second
input, but concluded that for most call sites it isn't worth worrying
about, given the relative compactness of the new List representation.
(Note that in cases where such leakage would happen, the old code
already leaked the second List's header; so we're only discussing
the size of the leak not whether there is one. I did adjust two or
three places that had been troubling to free that header so that
they manually free the whole second List.)
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
We have implemented jsonpath string comparison using default database locale.
However, standard requires us to compare Unicode codepoints. This commit
implements that, but for performance reasons we still use per-byte comparison
for "==" operator. Thus, for consistency other comparison operators do per-byte
comparison if Unicode codepoints appear to be equal.
In some edge cases, when same Unicode codepoints have different binary
representations in database encoding, we diverge standard to achieve better
performance of "==" operator. In future to implement strict standard
conformance, we can do normalization of input JSON strings.
Original patch was written by Nikita Glukhov, rewritten by me.
Reported-by: Markus Winand
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8B7FA3B4-328D-43D7-95A8-37B8891B8C78%40winand.at
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 12
This failed with either "tuple already updated by self" or "duplicate
key value violates unique constraint", depending on whether the table
had previously been analyzed or not. The reason is that ANALYZE tried
to insert or update the same pg_statistic rows twice, and there was no
CommandCounterIncrement between. So add one. The same case works fine
outside a transaction block, because then there's a whole transaction
boundary between, as a consequence of the way VACUUM works.
This issue has been latent all along, but the problem was unreachable
before commit 11d8d72c2 added the ability to specify multiple tables
in ANALYZE. We could, perhaps, alternatively fix it by adding code to
de-duplicate the list of VacuumRelations --- but that would add a
lot of overhead to work around dumb commands, so it's not attractive.
Per bug #15946 from Yaroslav Schekin. Back-patch to v11.
(Note: in v11 I also back-patched the test added by commit 23224563d;
otherwise the problem doesn't manifest in the test I added, because
"vactst" is empty when the tests for multiple ANALYZE targets are
reached. That seems like not a very good thing anyway, so I did this
rather than rethinking the choice of test case.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15946-5c7570a2884a26cf@postgresql.org
Rename the "tupindex" field from tuplesort.c's SortTuple struct to
"srctape", since it can only ever be used to store a source/input tape
number when merging external sort runs. This has been the case since
commit 8b304b8b72, which removed replacement selection sort from
tuplesort.c.
Merge setup_append_rel_array into setup_simple_rel_arrays. There's no
particularly good reason to keep them separate, and it's inconsistent
with the lack of separation in expand_planner_arrays. The only apparent
benefit was that the fast path for trivial queries in query_planner()
doesn't need to set up the append_rel_array; but all we're saving there
is an if-test and NULL assignment, which surely ought to be negligible.
Also improve some obsolete comments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17220.1565301350@sss.pgh.pa.us
b654714 has reworked the way trailing CR/LF characters are removed from
strings. This commit introduces a new routine in common/string.c and
refactors the code so as the logic is in a single place, mostly.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801031820.GF29334@paquier.xyz
READTUP() routines do not and cannot use the resettable "tuplecontext"
memory context, since it is deleted when merging begins. Update an
obsolete comment that claimed otherwise. This was an oversight in
commit e94568ecc1.
In passing, fix an unrelated tuplesort typo.
We were applying constraint exclusion on the partition constraint when
generating pruning steps for a clause, but only for the rather
restricted situation of them being boolean OR operators; however it is
possible to have differently shaped clauses that also benefit from
constraint exclusion. This applies particularly to the default
partition since their constraints are in essence a long list of OR'ed
subclauses ... but it applies to other cases too. So in certain cases
we're scanning partitions that we don't need to.
Remove the specialized code in OR clauses, and add a generally
applicable test of the clause refuting the partition constraint; mark
the whole pruning operation as contradictory if it hits.
This has the unwanted side-effect of testing some (most? all?)
constraints more than once if constraint_exclusion=on. That seems
unavoidable as far as I can tell without some additional work, but
that's not the recommended setting for that parameter anyway.
However, because this imposes additional processing cost for all
queries using partitioned tables, I decided not to backpatch this
change.
Author: Amit Langote, Yuzuko Hosoya, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewers: Shawn Wang, Thibaut Madeleine, Yoshikazu Imai, Kyotaro
Horiguchi; they were also uncredited reviewers for commit 489247b0e6.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9bb31dfe-b0d0-53f3-3ea6-e64b811424cf@lab.ntt.co.jp
In serializable mode, heap_hot_search_buffer() incorrectly acquired a
predicate lock on the root tuple, not the returned tuple that satisfied
the visibility checks. As explained in README-SSI, the predicate lock does
not need to be copied or extended to other tuple versions, but for that to
work, the correct, visible, tuple version must be locked in the first
place.
The original SSI commit had this bug in it, but it was fixed back in 2013,
in commit 81fbbfe335. But unfortunately, it was reintroduced a few months
later in commit b89e151054. Wising up from that, add a regression test
to cover this, so that it doesn't get reintroduced again. Also, move the
code that sets 't_self', so that it happens at the same time that the
other HeapTuple fields are set, to make it more clear that all the code in
the loop operate on the "current" tuple in the chain, not the root tuple.
Bug spotted by Andres Freund, analysis and original fix by Thomas Munro,
test case and some additional changes to the fix by Heikki Linnakangas.
Backpatch to all supported versions (9.4).
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20190731210630.nqhszuktygwftjty%40alap3.anarazel.de
When parsing a timetz string with a dynamic timezone abbreviation or a
timezone not specified, it was possible to generate incorrect timestamps
based on a date which uses some non-initialized variables if the input
string did not specify fully a date to parse. This is already checked
when a full timezone spec is included in the input string, but the two
other cases mentioned above missed the same checks.
This gets fixed by generating an error as this input is invalid, or in
short when a date is not fully specified.
Valgrind was complaining about this problem.
Bug: #15910
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15910-2eba5106b9aa0c61@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.4
As of now, logical decoding of a multi-insert has been scanning all
xl_multi_insert_tuple entries only if XLH_INSERT_CONTAINS_NEW_TUPLE was
getting set in the record. This is not an issue on HEAD as multi-insert
records are not used for system catalogs, but the logical decoding logic
includes all the code necessary to handle that properly, except that the
code missed to iterate correctly over all xl_multi_insert_tuple entries
when the flag is not set. Hence, when trying to use multi-insert for
system catalogs, an assertion would be triggered.
An upcoming patch is going to make use of multi-insert for system
catalogs, and this fixes the logic to make sure that all entries are
scanned correctly without softening the existing assertions.
Reported-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CBFFD532-C033-49EB-9A5A-F67EAEE9EB0B@yesql.se
Commit bf6c614a2 rearranged the lookup of the comparison operators
needed in a hashed subplan, and in so doing, broke the cross-type
case: it caused the original LHS-vs-RHS operator to be used to compare
hash table entries too (which of course are all of the RHS type).
This leads to C functions being passed a Datum that is not of the
type they expect, with the usual hazards of crashes and unauthorized
server memory disclosure.
For the set of hashable cross-type operators present in v11 core
Postgres, this bug is nearly harmless on 64-bit machines, which
may explain why it escaped earlier detection. But it is a live
security hazard on 32-bit machines; and of course there may be
extensions that add more hashable cross-type operators, which
would increase the risk.
Reported by Andreas Seltenreich. Back-patch to v11 where the
problem came in.
Security: CVE-2019-10209
Commit aa27977fe2 introduced this
restriction for pg_temp.function_name(arg); do likewise for types
created in temporary schemas. Programs that this breaks should add
"pg_temp." schema qualification or switch to arg::type_name syntax.
Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane. Reported by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2019-10208
Those data types use parsing and/or calculation wrapper routines which
can generate some generic error messages in the event of a failure. The
caller of these routines can also pass a pointer variable settable by
the routine to track if an error has happened, letting the caller decide
what to do in the event of an error and what error message to generate.
Those routines have been slacking the initialization of the tracking
flag, which can be confusing when reading the code, so add some
safeguards against calls of these parsing routines which could lead to a
dubious result.
The LSN parsing gains an assertion to make sure that the tracking flag
is set, while numeric and float paths initialize the flag to a saner
state.
Author: Jeevan Ladhe
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0NOM9oR0Hag_3VpyW0uF3iCU=BDUFSPfk9JrWXRcWQHqw@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commit 88bdbd3f74.
As committed, statement sampling used the existing duration threshold
(log_min_duration_statement) when decide which statements to sample.
The issue is that even the longest statements are subject to sampling,
and so may not end up logged. An improvement was proposed, introducing
a second duration threshold, but it would not be backwards compatible.
So we've decided to revert this feature - the separate threshold should
be part of the feature itself.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDS8tQ3Wviw9%3DAvODyUciPSrGeMhJi_WPE%2BEB8%2B4gLL-Q%40mail.gmail.com
This reverts commit 9dc1225855.
As committed, statement sampling used the existing duration threshold
(log_min_duration_statement) when decide which statements to sample.
The issue is that even the longest statements are subject to sampling,
and so may not end up logged. An improvement was proposed, introducing
a second duration threshold, but it would not be backwards compatible.
So we've decided to revert this feature - the separate threshold should
be part of the feature itself.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDS8tQ3Wviw9%3DAvODyUciPSrGeMhJi_WPE%2BEB8%2B4gLL-Q%40mail.gmail.com
When querying a partitioned table containing a default partition, we
were wrongly deciding to include it in the scan too early in the
process, failing to exclude it in some cases. If we reinterpret the
PruneStepResult.scan_default flag slightly, we can do a better job at
detecting that it can be excluded. The change is that we avoid setting
the flag for that pruning step unless the step absolutely requires the
default partition to be scanned (in contrast with the previous
arrangement, which was to set it unless the step was able to prune it).
So get_matching_partitions() must explicitly check the partition that
each returned bound value corresponds to in order to determine whether
the default one needs to be included, rather than relying on the flag
from the final step result.
Author: Yuzuko Hosoya <hosoya.yuzuko@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <Langote_Amit_f8@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00e601d4ca86$932b8bc0$b982a340$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This portion of the code got forgotten in 7cce159 which has introduced a
new routine to build this node, and this finishes the unification of the
places where IndexInfo is initialized.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801041322.GA3435@paquier.xyz
In 5f32b29c18 I changed the creation of HashState.hashkeys to
actually use HashState as the parent (instead of HashJoinState, which
was incorrect, as they were executed below HashState), to fix the
problem of hashkeys expressions otherwise relying on slot types
appropriate for HashJoinState, rather than HashState as would be
correct. That reliance was only introduced in 12, which is why it
previously worked to use HashJoinState as the parent (although I'd be
unsurprised if there were problematic cases).
Unfortunately that's not a sufficient solution, because before this
commit, the to-be-hashed expressions referenced inner/outer as
appropriate for the HashJoin, not Hash. That didn't have obvious bad
consequences, because the slots containing the tuples were put into
ecxt_innertuple when hashing a tuple for HashState (even though Hash
doesn't have an inner plan).
There are less common cases where this can cause visible problems
however (rather than just confusion when inspecting such executor
trees). E.g. "ERROR: bogus varno: 65000", when explaining queries
containing a HashJoin where the subsidiary Hash node's hash keys
reference a subplan. While normally hashkeys aren't displayed by
EXPLAIN, if one of those expressions references a subplan, that
subplan may be printed as part of the Hash node - which then failed
because an inner plan was referenced, and Hash doesn't have that.
It seems quite possible that there's other broken cases, too.
Fix the problem by properly splitting the expression for the HashJoin
and Hash nodes at plan time, and have them reference the proper
subsidiary node. While other workarounds are possible, fixing this
correctly seems easy enough. It was a pretty ugly hack to have
ExecInitHashJoin put the expression into the already initialized
HashState, in the first place.
I decided to not just split inner/outer hashkeys inside
make_hashjoin(), but also to separate out hashoperators and
hashcollations at plan time. Otherwise we would have ended up having
two very similar loops, one at plan time and the other during executor
startup. The work seems to more appropriately belong to plan time,
anyway.
Reported-By: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, in an earlier version
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvGVegF_TKKRiBrSmatJL2dR9uwFCuR+teQ_8tEXU8mxg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
This allows simplification of the plan tree in some common usage
patterns: we can get rid of a join to the function RTE.
In principle we could pull up any immutable expression, but restricting
it to Consts avoids the risk that multiple evaluations of the expression
might cost more than we can save. (Possibly this could be improved in
future --- but we've more or less promised people that putting a function
in FROM guarantees single evaluation, so we'd have to tread carefully.)
To do this, we need to rearrange when eval_const_expressions()
happens for expressions in function RTEs. I moved it to
inline_set_returning_functions(), which already has to iterate over
every function RTE, and in consequence renamed that function to
preprocess_function_rtes(). A useful consequence is that
inline_set_returning_function() no longer has to do this for itself,
simplifying that code.
In passing, break out pull_up_simple_subquery's code that knows where
everything that needs pullup_replace_vars() processing is, so that
the new pull_up_constant_function() routine can share it. We'd
gotten away with one-and-a-half copies of that code so far, since
pull_up_simple_values() could assume that a lot of cases didn't apply
to it --- but I don't think pull_up_constant_function() can make any
simplifying assumptions. Might as well make pull_up_simple_values()
use it too.
(Possibly this refactoring should go further: maybe we could share
some of the code to fill in the pullup_replace_vars_context struct?
For now, I left it that the callers fill that completely.)
Note: the one existing test case that this patch changes has to be
changed because inlining its function RTEs would destroy the point
of the test, namely to check join order.
Alexander Kuzmenkov and Aleksandr Parfenov, reviewed by
Antonin Houska and Anastasia Lubennikova, and whacked around
some more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402356c32eeb93d4fed01f66d6c7fe2d@postgrespro.ru
Add sort support for inet, including support for abbreviated keys.
Testing has shown that this reduces the time taken to sort medium to
large inet/cidr inputs by ~50-60% in realistic cases.
Author: Brandur Leach
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABR_9B-PQ8o2MZNJ88wo6r-NxW2EFG70M96Wmcgf99G6HUQ3sw@mail.gmail.com
Commit a1c1af2a1 added logic in the deadlock checker to handle lock
grouping, but it was very poorly tested, as evidenced by the bug
fixed in 3420851a2. Add a test case that exercises that a bit better
(and catches the bug --- if you revert 3420851a2, this will hang).
Since it's pretty hard to get parallel workers to take exclusive
regular locks that their parents don't already have, this test operates
by creating a deadlock among advisory locks taken in parallel workers.
To make that happen, we must override the parallel-safety labeling of
the advisory-lock functions, which we do by putting them in mislabeled,
non-inlinable wrapper functions.
We also have to remove the redundant PreventAdvisoryLocksInParallelMode
checks in lockfuncs.c. That seems fine though; if some user accidentally
does what this test is intentionally doing, not much harm will ensue.
(If there are any remaining bugs that are reachable that way, they're
probably reachable in other ways too.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3243.1564437314@sss.pgh.pa.us
These were introduced by pgindent due to fixe to broken
indentation (c.f. 8255c7a5ee). Previously the mis-indentation of
function prototypes was creatively used to reduce indentation in a few
places.
As that formatting only exists in master and REL_12_STABLE, it seems
better to fix it in both, rather than having some odd indentation in
v12 that somebody might copy for future patches or such.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190728013754.jwcbe5nfyt3533vx@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-
The rd_amcache allows an index AM to cache arbitrary information in a
relcache entry. This commit moves the cleanup of rd_amcache so that it
can also be used by table AMs. Nothing takes advantage of that yet, but
I'm sure it'll come handy for anyone writing new table AMs.
Backpatch to v12, where table AM interface was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
When performing ANALYZE on inheritance trees, we collect two samples for
each relation - one for the relation alone, and one for the inheritance
subtree (relation and its child relations). And then we build statistics
on each sample, so for each relation we get two sets of statistics.
For regular (per-column) statistics this works fine, because the catalog
includes a flag differentiating statistics built from those two samples.
But we don't have such flag in the extended statistics catalogs, and we
ended up updating the same row twice, triggering this error:
ERROR: tuple already updated by self
The simplest solution is to disable extended statistics on inheritance
trees, which is what this commit is doing. In the future we may need to
do something similar to per-column statistics, but that requires adding a
flag to the catalog - and that's not backpatchable. Moreover, the current
selectivity estimation code only works with individual relations, so
building statistics on inheritance trees would be pointless anyway.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-to: 10-
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618231233.GA27470@telsasoft.com
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
A "break" statement erroneously left behind by commit a1c1af2a1
caused TopoSort to do the wrong thing if a lock's wait list
contained multiple members of the same locking group.
Because parallel workers don't normally need any locks not already
taken by their leader, this is very hard --- maybe impossible ---
to hit in production. Still, if it did happen, the queries involved
in an otherwise-resolvable deadlock would block until canceled.
In addition to removing the bogus "break", add an Assert showing
that the conflicting uses of the beforeConstraints[] array (for both
counts and flags) don't overlap, and add some commentary explaining
why not; because it's not obvious without explanation, IMHO.
Original report and patch from Rui Hai Jiang; additional assert
and commentary by me. Back-patch to 9.6 where the bug came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEri+mLd3bpHLyW+a9pSe1y=aEkeuJpwBSwvo-+m4n7-ceRmXw@mail.gmail.com
When copying the definition of an index rebuilt concurrently for the new
entry, the index information was taken directly from the old index using
the relation cache. In this case, predicates and expressions have
some post-processing to prepare things for the planner, which loses some
information including the collations added in any of them.
This inconsistency can cause issues when attempting for example a table
rewrite, and makes the new indexes rebuilt concurrently inconsistent
with the old entries.
In order to fix the problem, fetch expressions and predicates directly
from the catalog of the old entry, and fill in IndexInfo for the new
index with that. This makes the process more consistent with
DefineIndex(), and the code is refactored with the addition of a routine
to create an IndexInfo node.
Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA5Hp0ra235F3czPom_FyAd-3+XwSJmX95r1+sRPOJc9VQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Early previews of LLVM 9 reveal that our Min() macro causes compiler
errors in LLVM headers reached by the #include directives in
llvmjit_inline.cpp. Let's just undefine it. Per buildfarm animal
seawasp. Back-patch to 11.
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190606173216.GA6306%40alvherre.pgsql
pg_timezone_names() tries to avoid showing the "Factory" zone in
the view, mainly because that has traditionally had a very long
"abbreviation" such as "Local time zone must be set--see zic manual page",
so that showing it messes up psql's formatting of the whole view.
Since tzdb version 2016g, IANA instead uses the abbreviation "-00",
which is sane enough that there's no reason to discriminate against it.
On the other hand, it emerges that FreeBSD and possibly other packagers
are so wedded to backwards compatibility that they hack the IANA data
to keep the old spelling --- and not just that old spelling, but even
older spellings that IANA used back in the stone age. This caused the
filter logic to fail to suppress "Factory" at all on such platforms,
though the formatting problem is definitely real in that case.
To solve both problems, get rid of the hard-wired assumption about
exactly what Factory's abbreviation is, and instead reject abbreviations
exceeding 31 characters. This will allow Factory to appear in the view
if and only if it's using the modern abbreviation.
In passing, simplify the code we add to zic.c to support "zic -P"
to remove its now-obsolete hacks to not print the Factory zone's
abbreviation. Unlike pg_timezone_names(), there's no reason for
that code to support old/nonstandard timezone data.
Since we generally prefer to keep timezone-related behavior the
same in all branches, and since this is arguably a bug fix,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3961.1564086915@sss.pgh.pa.us
Money values exceeding about 18 digits (depending on lc_monetary)
could be inaccurately converted to numeric, due to select_div_scale()
deciding it didn't need to compute any fractional digits. Force
its hand by setting the dscale of one division input to equal the
number of fractional digits we need.
In passing, rearrange the logic to not do useless work in locales
where money values are considered integral.
Per bug #15925 from Slawomir Chodnicki. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15925-da9953e2674bb5c8@postgresql.org
Since 15d8f8312 we assert that - and since 7ef04e4d2c, 4da597edf1
rely on - the slot type for an expression's
ecxt_{outer,inner,scan}tuple not changing, unless explicitly flagged
as such. That allows to either skip deforming (for a virtual tuple
slot) or optimize the code for JIT accelerated deforming
appropriately (for other known slot types).
This assumption was sometimes violated for grouping sets, when
nodeAgg.c internally uses tuplesorts, and the child node doesn't
return a TTSOpsMinimalTuple type slot. Detect that case, and flag that
the outer slot might not be "fixed".
It's probably worthwhile to optimize this further in the future, and
more granularly determine whether the slot is fixed. As we already
instantiate per-phase transition and equal expressions, we could
cheaply set the slot type appropriately for each phase. But that's a
separate change from this bugfix.
This commit does include a very minor optimization by avoiding to
create a slot for handling tuplesorts, if no such sorts are
performed. Previously we created that slot unnecessarily in the common
case of computing all grouping sets via hashing. The code looked too
confusing without that, as the conditions for needing a sort slot and
flagging that the slot type isn't fixed, are the same.
Reported-By: Ashutosh Sharma
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0PmNaMD2oHTEAhRyxnxpaDaYkuBYkLa1dpOpn=RS0iS2AQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-, where the bug was introduced in 15d8f8312
libpq failed to ignore Windows-style newlines in connection service files.
This normally wasn't a problem on Windows itself, because fgets() would
convert \r\n to just \n. But if libpq were running inside a program that
changes the default fopen mode to binary, it would see the \r's and think
they were data. In any case, it's project policy to ignore \r in text
files unconditionally, because people sometimes try to use files with
DOS-style newlines on Unix machines, where the C library won't hide that
from us.
Hence, adjust parseServiceFile() to ignore \r as well as \n at the end of
the line. In HEAD, go a little further and make it ignore all trailing
whitespace, to match what it's always done with leading whitespace.
In HEAD, also run around and fix up everyplace where we have
newline-chomping code to make all those places look consistent and
uniformly drop \r. It is not clear whether any of those changes are
fixing live bugs. Most of the non-cosmetic changes are in places that
are reading popen output, and the jury is still out as to whether popen
on Windows can return \r\n. (The Windows-specific code in pipe_read_line
seems to think so, but our lack of support for this elsewhere suggests
maybe it's not a problem in practice.) Hence, I desisted from applying
those changes to back branches, except in run_ssl_passphrase_command()
which is new enough and little-tested enough that we'd probably not have
heard about any problems there.
Tom Lane and Michael Paquier, per bug #15827 from Jorge Gustavo Rocha.
Back-patch the parseServiceFile() change to all supported branches,
and the run_ssl_passphrase_command() change to v11 where that was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15827-e6ba53a3a7ed543c@postgresql.org
After 277cb78983 ON CONFLICT ... SET ... RETURNING failed with
ERROR: virtual tuple table slot does not have system attributes
when taking the update path, as the slot used to insert into the
table (and then process RETURNING) was defined to be a virtual slot in
that commit. Virtual slots don't support system columns except for
tableoid and ctid, as the other system columns are AM dependent.
Fix that by using a slot of the table's type. Add tests for system
column accesses in ON CONFLICT ... RETURNING.
Reported-By: Roby, bisected to the relevant commit by Jeff Janes
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/73436355-6432-49B1-92ED-1FE4F7E7E100@finefun.com.au
Backpatch: 12-, where the bug was introduced in 277cb78983
Otherwise, after a deleted page gets even older, it becomes unrecyclable
again. B-tree has the same problem, and has had since time immemorial,
but let's at least fix this in GiST, where this is new.
Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
The explicit check in gistScanPage() isn't currently really necessary, as
a deleted page is always empty, so the loop would fall through without
doing anything, anyway. But it's a marginal optimization, and it gives a
nice place to attach a comment to explain how it works.
Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
If the user creates a deferred constraint in a partition, and in a
transaction they cause the constraint's trigger execution to be deferred
until commit time *and* drop the constraint, then when commit time comes
the queued trigger will fail to run because the trigger object will have
been dropped.
This is explained because when a constraint gets dropped in a
partitioned table, the recursion to drop the ones in partitions is done
by the dependency mechanism, not by ALTER TABLE traversing the recursion
tree as in all other cases. In the non-partitioned case, this problem
is avoided by checking that the table is not "in use" by alter-table;
other alter-table subcommands that recurse to partitions do that check
for each partition. But the dependency mechanism doesn't have a way to
do that. Fix the problem by applying the same check to all partitions
during ALTER TABLE's "prep" phase, which correctly raises the necessary
error.
Reported-by: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi <rajkumar.raghuwanshi@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6nZiO9-eEpr1ZD84bT1mBoVmeZkfont8iSpcmYrjhGWgA@mail.gmail.com
The logic in ATExecDropColumn that rejects dropping partition key
columns is quite an inadequate defense, because it doesn't execute
in cases where a column needs to be dropped due to cascade from
something that only the column, not the whole partitioned table,
depends on. That leaves us with a badly broken partitioned table;
even an attempt to load its relcache entry will fail.
We really need to have explicit pg_depend entries that show that the
column can't be dropped without dropping the whole table. Hence,
add those entries. In v12 and HEAD, bump catversion to ensure that
partitioned tables will have such entries. We can't do that in
released branches of course, so in v10 and v11 this patch affords
protection only to partitioned tables created after the patch is
installed. Given the lack of field complaints (this bug was found
by fuzz-testing not by end users), that's probably good enough.
In passing, fix ATExecDropColumn and ATPrepAlterColumnType
messages to be more specific about which partition key column
they're complaining about.
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to v10 where partitioned
tables were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA4JKCPFrdrAbOs7XBiCyD61XJxeNav4LefkSmBLQ-Vobg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31920.1562526703@sss.pgh.pa.us
When we already know the length that we're going to append, then it
makes sense to use appendBinaryStringInfo instead of
appendStringInfoString so that the append can be performed with a simple
memcpy() using a known length rather than having to first perform a
strlen() call to obtain the length.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8+FRAM1s5+mAa3isajeEoAaicJ=4e0WzrH3tAusbbiMQ@mail.gmail.com
Some code could get confused when certain catalog state involving both
identity and serial sequences was present, perhaps during an attempt
to upgrade the latter to the former. Specifically, dropping the
default of a serial column maintains the ownership of the sequence by
the column, and so it would then be possible to afterwards make the
column an identity column that would now own two sequences. This
causes the code that looks up the identity sequence to error out,
making the new identity column inoperable until the ownership of the
previous sequence is released.
To fix this, make the identity sequence lookup only consider sequences
with the appropriate dependency type for an identity sequence, so it
only ever finds one (unless something else is broken). In the above
example, the old serial sequence would then be ignored. Reorganize
the various owned-sequence-lookup functions a bit to make this
clearer.
Reported-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/470c54fc8590be4de0f41b0d295fd6390d5e8a6c.camel@cybertec.at
In nodeAppend.c and nodeMergeAppend.c there were some foreach loops which
looped over the list of subplans and only performed any work if the
subplan index was found in a Bitmapset. With the old linked list
implementation of List, this form made sense as accessing the Nth list
element was O(N). However, thanks to 1cff1b95a we now have array-based
lists, so accessing the Nth element has become O(1).
Here we make the most of the O(1) lookups and just loop over the set
members of the Bitmapset with bms_next_member(). This performs slightly
better when a small number of the list items are in the Bitmapset. Micro
benchmarks show that when the Bitmapset contains all or most of the list
items then the new code is ever so slightly slower. In practice, the cost
is so small that it's drowned out by various other things such as locking
the relations belonging to each subplan, etc.
The primary goal here is to leave better code examples around which benefit
better from the new list implementation.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8ZcsLVgkF4wOfRyMYTcPgLFiUAOedFC+U2vK_aFZk-BA@mail.gmail.com
3373c7155 changed how we determine EquivalenceClasses for relations and
added an Assert to ensure all relations mentioned in each EC's ec_relids
was a RELOPT_BASEREL. However, the join removal code may remove a LEFT
JOIN and since it does not clean up EC members belonging to the removed
relations it can leave RELOPT_DEADREL rels in ec_relids.
Fix this by adjusting the Assert to allow RELOPT_DEADREL rels too.
Reported-by: sqlsmith via Andreas Seltenreich
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87y30r8sls.fsf@ansel.ydns.eu
Coverity complained about this code, apparently because it uses a local
array of size FUNC_MAX_ARGS without a guard that the input argument list
is no longer than that. (Not sure why it complained today, since this
code's been the same for a long time; possibly it re-analyzed everything
the List API change touched?)
Rather than add a guard, though, let's just get rid of the local array
altogether. It was only there to avoid list_nth() calls, and those are
no longer expensive.
Previously in order to determine which ECs a relation had members in, we
had to loop over all ECs stored in PlannerInfo's eq_classes and check if
ec_relids mentioned the relation. For the most part, this was fine, as
generally, unless queries were fairly complex, the overhead of performing
the lookup would have not been that significant. However, when queries
contained large numbers of joins and ECs, the overhead to find the set of
classes matching a given set of relations could become a significant
portion of the overall planning effort.
Here we allow a much more efficient method to access the ECs which match a
given relation or set of relations. A new Bitmapset field in RelOptInfo
now exists to store the indexes into PlannerInfo's eq_classes list which
each relation is mentioned in. This allows very fast lookups to find all
ECs belonging to a single relation. When we need to lookup ECs belonging
to a given pair of relations, we can simply bitwise-AND the Bitmapsets from
each relation and use the result to perform the lookup.
We also take the opportunity to write a new implementation of
generate_join_implied_equalities which makes use of the new indexes.
generate_join_implied_equalities_for_ecs must remain as is as it can be
given a custom list of ECs, which we can't easily determine the indexes of.
This was originally intended to fix the performance penalty of looking up
foreign keys matching a join condition which was introduced by 100340e2d.
However, we're speeding up much more than just that here.
Author: David Rowley, Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6970.1545327857@sss.pgh.pa.us
The current extended statistics code was a bit confused which collation
to use. When building the statistics, the collations defined as default
for the data types were used (since commit 5e0928005). The MCV code was
however using the column collations for MCV serialization, and then
DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID when computing estimates. So overall the code was
using all three possible options, inconsistently.
This uses the column colation everywhere - this makes it consistent with
what 5e0928005 did for regular stats. We however do not track the
collations in a catalog, because we can derive them from column-level
information. This may need to change in the future, e.g. after allowing
statistics on expressions.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
The examine_opclause_expression function needs to return information on
which side of the operator we found the Var, but the variable was called
"isgt" which is rather misleading (it assumes the operator is either
less-than or greater-than, but it may be equality or something else).
Other places in the planner use a variable called "varonleft" for this
purpose, so just adopt the same convention here.
The code also assumed we don't care about this flag for equality, as
(Var = Const) and (Const = Var) should be the same thing. But that does
not work for cross-type operators, in which case we need to pass the
parameters to the procedure in the right order. So just use the same
code for all types of expressions.
This means we don't need to care about the selectivity estimation
function anymore, at least not in this code. We should only get the
supported cases here (thanks to statext_is_compatible_clause).
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
The values 'infinity' and '-infinity' are a part of the DATE type
itself, so a bound of the date 'infinity' is not the same as an
unbounded/infinite range. However, it is still wrong to try to
canonicalize such values, because adding or subtracting one has no
effect. Fix by treating 'infinity' and '-infinity' the same as
unbounded ranges for the purposes of canonicalization (but not other
purposes).
Backpatch to all versions because it is inconsistent with the
documented behavior. Note that this could be an incompatibility for
applications relying on the behavior contrary to the documentation.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77f24ea19ab802bc9bc60ddbb8977ee2d646aec1.camel%40cybertec.at
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Commit 857f9c36cd, which taught nbtree VACUUM to avoid unnecessary
index scans, bumped the nbtree version number from 2 to 3, while adding
the ability for nbtree indexes to be upgraded on-the-fly. Various
assertions that assumed that an nbtree index was always on version 2 had
to be changed to accept any supported version (version 2 or 3 on
Postgres 11).
However, a few assertions were missed in the initial commit, all of
which were in code paths that cache a local copy of the metapage
metadata, where the index had been expected to be on the current version
(no longer version 2) as a generic sanity check. Rather than simply
update the assertions, follow-up commit 0a64b45152 intentionally made
the metapage caching code update the per-backend cached metadata version
without changing the on-disk version at the same time. This could even
happen when the planner needed to determine the height of a B-Tree for
costing purposes. The assertions only fail on Postgres v12 when
upgrading from v10, because they were adjusted to use the authoritative
shared memory metapage by v12's commit dd299df8.
To fix, remove the cache-only upgrade mechanism entirely, and update the
assertions themselves to accept any supported version (go back to using
the cached version in v12). The fix is almost a full revert of commit
0a64b45152 on the v11 branch.
VACUUM only considers the authoritative metapage, and never bothers with
a locally cached version, whereas everywhere else isn't interested in
the metapage fields that were added by commit 857f9c36cd. It seems
unlikely that this bug has affected any user on v11.
Reported-By: Christoph Berg
Bug: #15896
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15896-5b25e260fdb0b081%40postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where VACUUM was taught to avoid unnecessary index scans.
Now that commit fec0778c8 drew a clear line between public and private
fields in SPITupleTable, it seems pretty silly that the count of valid
tuples isn't on the public side of that line. The reason why not was
that there wasn't such a count. For reasons lost in the mists of time,
spi.c preferred to keep a count of remaining free entries in the array.
But that seems pretty pointless: it's unlike the way we handle similar
code everywhere else, and it involves extra subtractions that surely
outweigh having to do a comparison rather than test-for-zero to check
for array-full.
Hence, rearrange so that this code does the expansible array logic
the same as everywhere else, with a count of valid entries alongside
the allocated array length. And document the count as public.
I looked for core-code callers where it would make sense to start
relying on tuptable->numvals rather than the separate SPI_processed
variable. Right now there don't seem to be places where it'd be
a win to do so without more code restructuring than I care to
undertake today. In principle, though, having SPITupleTables be
fully self-contained should be helpful down the line.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16852.1563395722@sss.pgh.pa.us
When evaluating clauses on a multivariate MCV list, we build a bitmap
tracking how the clauses match each item of the MCV list. When updating
the bitmap we need to consider the current value (tracking how the item
matches preceding clauses), match for the current clause and whether the
clauses are connected by AND or OR.
Until now the logic was copied on every place updating the bitmap, which
was not quite readable. So just move it to a separate function and call
it where needed.
Backpatch to 12, where the code was introduced. While not a bugfix, this
should make maintenance and future backpatches easier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
There were two issues in how the extended statistics handled NULL values
in opclauses. Firstly, the code was oblivious to the possibility that
Const may be NULL (constisnull=true) in which case the constvalue is
undefined. We need to treat this as a mismatch, and not call the proc.
Secondly, the MCV item itself may contain NULL values too - the code
already did check that, and updated the match bitmap accordingly, but
failed to ensure we won't call the operator procedure anyway. It did
work for AND-clauses, because in that case false in the bitmap stops
evaluation of further clauses. But for OR-clauses ir was not easy to
get incorrect estimates or even trigger a crash.
This fixes both issues by extending the existing check so that it looks
at constisnull too, and making sure it skips calling the procedure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
We expect opclauses to have exactly one Var and one Const, but the code
was checking the Const by calling is_pseudo_constant_clause() which is
incorrect - we need a proper constant.
Fixed by using plain IsA(x,Const) to check type of the node. We need to
do these checks in two places, so move it into a separate function that
can be called in both places.
Reported by Andreas Seltenreich, based on crash reported by sqlsmith.
Backpatch to v12, where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
The TYPECACHE_GT_OPR is not needed (it used to be in older version of
the MCV code), but the compiler failed to detect this as the result was
used in a fmgr_info() call, populating a FmgrInfo entry.
Backpatch to v12, where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.
Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.
There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend. Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already. In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend. Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.
In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different. The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text. And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.
Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.
It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it. Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over. (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either. But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)
Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
Potential future SMGR implementations may not want to create
tablespace directories when creating an SMGR relation. Move that
logic to mdcreate(). Move the initialization of md-specific
data structures from smgropen() to a new callback mdopen().
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Shawn Debnath (as part of an earlier patch set)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BOZqOiOuDm5tC5DyQZtJ3FH4%2BFSVMqtdC4P1atpJ%2Bqhg%40mail.gmail.com
This should lappend the OIDs, not lcons them; the existing code produced
a list in reversed order. This is harmless for single-key FKs or FKs
where all the key columns are of the same type, which probably explains
how it went unnoticed. But if those conditions are not met,
ATAddForeignKeyConstraint would make the wrong decision about whether an
existing FK needs to be revalidated. I think it would almost always err
in the safe direction by revalidating a constraint that didn't need it.
You could imagine scenarios where the pfeqop check was fooled by
swapping the types of two FK columns in one ALTER TABLE, but that case
would probably be rejected by other tests, so it might be impossible to
get to the worst-case scenario where an FK should be revalidated and
isn't. (And even then, it's likely to be fine, unless there are weird
inconsistencies in the equality behavior of the replacement types.)
However, this is a performance bug at least.
Noted while poking around to see whether lcons calls could be converted
to lappend.
This bug is old, dating to commit cb3a7c2b9, so back-patch to all
supported branches.
It seems worth getting rid of these functions because they require the
caller to retain a ListCell pointer into a List that it's modifying,
which is a dangerous practice with the new List implementation.
(The only other List-modifying function that takes a ListCell pointer
as input is list_delete_cell, which nowadays is preferentially used
via the constrained API foreach_delete_current.)
There was only one remaining caller of these functions after commit
2f5b8eb5a, and that was some fairly ugly GEQO code that can be much
more clearly expressed using a list-index variable and list_insert_nth.
Hence, rewrite that code, and remove the functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
heap.c and relcache.c contained nearly identical copies of logic
to insert OIDs into an OID list while preserving the list's OID
ordering (and rejecting duplicates, in one case but not the other).
The comments argue that this is faster than qsort for small numbers
of OIDs, which is at best unproven, and seems even less likely to be
true now that lappend_cell_oid has to move data around. In any case
it's ugly and hard-to-follow code, and if we do have a lot of OIDs
to consider, it's O(N^2).
Hence, replace with simply lappend'ing OIDs to a List, then list_sort
the completed List, then remove adjacent duplicates if necessary.
This is demonstrably O(N log N) and it's much simpler for the
callers. It's possible that this would be somewhat inefficient
if there were a very large number of duplicates, but that seems
unlikely in the existing usage.
This adds list_deduplicate_oid and list_oid_cmp infrastructure
to list.c. I didn't bother with equivalent functionality for
integer or pointer Lists, but such could always be added later
if we find a use for it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the obvious way to sort a List
is to apply qsort() directly to the array of ListCells. list_qsort
was building an intermediate array of pointers-to-ListCells, which
we no longer need, but getting rid of it forces an API change:
the comparator functions need to do one less level of indirection.
Since we're having to touch the callers anyway, let's do two additional
changes: sort the given list in-place rather than making a copy (as
none of the existing callers have any use for the copying behavior),
and rename list_qsort to list_sort. It was argued that the old name
exposes more about the implementation than it should, which I find
pretty questionable, but a better reason to rename it is to be sure
we get the attention of any external callers about the need to fix
their comparator functions.
While we're at it, change four existing callers of qsort() to use
list_sort instead; previously, they all had local reinventions
of list_qsort, ie build-an-array-from-a-List-and-qsort-it.
(There are some other places where changing to list_sort perhaps
would be worthwhile, but they're less obviously wins.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29361.1563220190@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is numbered take 7, and addresses a set of issues around:
- Fixes for typos and incorrect reference names.
- Removal of unneeded comments.
- Removal of unreferenced functions and structures.
- Fixes regarding variable name consistency.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10bfd4ac-3e7c-40ab-2b2e-355ed15495e8@gmail.com
The logic just added by commit e3899ffd falls back on a 50:50 page split
in the event of a new item that's just to the right of our provisional
"many duplicates" split point. Fix a comment that incorrectly claimed
that the new item had to be just to the left of our provisional split
point.
Backpatch: 12-, just like commit e3899ffd.
Specific ever-decreasing insertion patterns could cause successive
unbalanced nbtree page splits. Problem cases involve a large group of
duplicates to the left, and ever-decreasing insertions to the right.
To fix, detect the situation by considering the newitem offset before
performing a split using nbtsplitloc.c's "many duplicates" strategy. If
the new item was inserted just to the right of our provisional "many
duplicates" split point, infer ever-decreasing insertions and fall back
on a 50:50 (space delta optimal) split. This seems to barely affect
cases that already had acceptable space utilization.
An alternative fix also seems possible. Instead of changing
nbtsplitloc.c split choice logic, we could instead teach _bt_truncate()
to generate a new value for new high keys by interpolating from the
lastleft and firstright key values. That would certainly be a more
elegant fix, but it isn't suitable for backpatching.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznCNvhZpxa__GqAa1fgQ9uYdVc=_apArkW2nc-K3O7_NA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-, where the nbtree page split enhancements were introduced.
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link. We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells. That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.
In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links. Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header. (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)
Of course this is not without downsides. The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.
For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state. We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value. (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.
The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext(). The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell(). However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently. Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)
There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents. To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen. This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).
There are two notable API differences from the previous code:
* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.
* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.
These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.
Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:
* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.
* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.) Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long. Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.
* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index. These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.
* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists. The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.
This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests. As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.
Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit. Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
In order to be able to work with FullTransactionId values during replay
without increasing the size of the WAL, infer the epoch. In general we
can't do that safely, but during replay we can because we know that
nextFullXid can't advance concurrently.
Prevent frontend code from seeing this new function, due to the above
restriction. Perhaps in future it will be possible to extract the value
entirely from independent WAL records, and then this restriction can be
lifted.
Author: Thomas Munro, based on earlier code from Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BmLmuDjMi6o1dxkKvGRL56Y2Rz%2BiXAcrZV03G9ZuFQ8Q%40mail.gmail.com
This adds a built-in function to generate UUIDs.
PostgreSQL hasn't had a built-in function to generate a UUID yet,
relying on external modules such as uuid-ossp and pgcrypto to provide
one. Now that we have a strong random number generator built-in, we
can easily provide a version 4 (random) UUID generation function.
This patch takes the existing function gen_random_uuid() from pgcrypto
and makes it a built-in function. The pgcrypto implementation now
internally redirects to the built-in one.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6a65610c-46fc-2323-6b78-e8086340a325@2ndquadrant.com
Index-based calculation of this operator is exact. So, signature of
gist_bbox_distance() function is changes so that caller is responsible for
setting *recheck flag.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
Some of <-> operators between geometric types have their commutators missed.
This commit adds them. The motivation is upcoming kNN support for some of those
operators.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
After a process decides not to wait for a condition variable, it can
still consume a signal before it reaches ConditionVariableCancelSleep().
In that case, pass the signal on to another waiter if possible, so that
a signal doesn't go missing when there is another process ready to
receive it.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Shawn Debnath
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLQ_RW%2BXs8znDn36e-%2Bmq2--zrPemBqTQ8eKT-VO1OF4Q%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 3ca930fc3 modified get_actual_variable_range() to use a new
"SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type for selecting tuples that it
would consider valid. However, because that snapshot type can accept
recently-dead tuples, this caused a bug when using a recently-created
index: we might accept a recently-dead tuple that is an early member
of a broken HOT chain and does not actually match the index entry.
Then, the data extracted from the heap tuple would not necessarily be
an endpoint value of the column; it could even be NULL, leading to
get_actual_variable_range() itself reporting "found unexpected null
value in index". Even without an error, this could lead to poor
plan choices due to an erroneous notion of the endpoint value.
We can improve matters by changing the code to use the index-only
scan technique (which didn't exist when get_actual_variable_range was
originally written). If any of the tuples in a HOT chain are live
enough to satisfy SnapshotNonVacuumable, we take the data from the
index entry, ignoring what is in the heap. This fixes the problem
without changing the live-vs-dead-tuple behavior from what was
intended by commit 3ca930fc3.
A side benefit is that for static tables we might not have to touch
the heap at all (when the extremal value is in an all-visible page).
In addition, we can save some overhead by not having to create a
complete ExecutorState, and we don't need to run FormIndexDatum,
avoiding more cycles as well as the possibility of failure for
indexes on expressions. (I'm not sure that this code would ever
be used to determine the extreme value of an expression, in the
current state of the planner; but it's definitely possible that
lower-order columns of the selected index could be expressions.
So one could construct perhaps-artificial examples in which the
old code unexpectedly failed due to trying to compute an
expression's value for a now-dead row.)
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to v11 where commit
3ca930fc3 came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7W4NWEhCvftdV6_8bbm2vgypi5nuxfnSEJQqVKFSUoMg@mail.gmail.com
match_clause_to_partition_key incorrectly would return
PARTCLAUSE_UNSUPPORTED if a bool qual could not be matched to the current
partition key. This was a problem, as it causes the calling function to
discard the qual and not try to match it to any other partition key. If
there was another partition key which did match this qual, then the qual
would not be checked again and we could fail to prune some partitions.
The worst this could do was to cause partitions not to be pruned when they
could have been, so there was no danger of incorrect query results here.
Fix this by changing match_boolean_partition_clause to have it return a
PartClauseMatchStatus rather than a boolean value. This allows it to
communicate if the qual is unsupported or if it just does not match this
particular partition key, previously these two cases were treated the
same. Now, if match_clause_to_partition_key is unable to match the qual
to any other qual type then we can simply return the value from the
match_boolean_partition_clause call so that the calling function properly
treats the qual as either unmatched or unsupported.
Reported-by: Rares Salcudean
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Backpatch-through: 11 where partition pruning was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHp_FN2xwEznH6oyS0hNTuUUZKp5PvegcVv=Co6nBXJ+mC7Y5w@mail.gmail.com
Previously, exec_simple_query always ran parse analysis, rewrite, and
planning in MessageContext, allowing all the data generated thereby
to persist until the end of processing of the whole query string.
That's fine for single-command strings, but if a client sends many
commands in a single simple-Query message, this strategy could result
in annoying memory bloat, as complained of by Andreas Seltenreich.
To fix, create a child context to do this work in, and reclaim it
after each command. But we only do so for parsetrees that are not
last in their query string. That avoids adding any memory management
overhead for the typical case of a single-command string. Memory
allocated for the last parsetree would be freed immediately after
finishing the command string anyway.
Similarly, adjust extension.c's execute_sql_string() to reclaim memory
after each command. In that usage, multi-command strings are the norm,
so it's a bit surprising that no one has yet complained of bloat ---
especially since the bloat extended to whatever data ProcessUtility
execution might leak.
Amit Langote, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87ftp6l2qr.fsf@credativ.de
This can cause valgrind to complain, as the flag marking a buffer as a
temporary copy was not getting initialized.
While on it, fill in with zeros newly-created buffer pages. This does
not matter when loading a block from a temporary file, but it makes the
push of an index tuple into a new buffer page safer.
This has been introduced by 1d27dcf, so backpatch all the way down to
9.4.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15899-0d24fb273b3dd90c@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.4
86b85044e abstracted calls to heap functions in COPY FROM to support a
generic table AM. However, when performing a copy into a partitioned
table, this commit neglected to call table_finish_bulk_insert for each
partition. Before 86b85044e, when we always called the heap functions,
there was no need to call heapam_finish_bulk_insert for partitions since
it only did any work when performing a copy without WAL. For partitioned
tables, this was unsupported anyway, so there was no issue. With
pluggable storage, we can't make any assumptions about what the table AM
might want to do in its equivalent function, so we'd better ensure we
always call table_finish_bulk_insert each partition that's received a row.
For now, we make the table_finish_bulk_insert call whenever we evict a
CopyMultiInsertBuffer out of the CopyMultiInsertInfo. This does mean
that it's possible that we call table_finish_bulk_insert multiple times
per partition, which is not a problem other than being an inefficiency.
Improving this requires a more invasive patch, so let's leave that for
another day.
This also changes things so that we no longer needlessly call
table_finish_bulk_insert when performing a COPY FROM for a non-partitioned
table when not using multi-inserts.
Reported-by: Robert Haas
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYK=6BpxiJ0tN-p9wtH0BTAfbdxzHhwou0mdud4+BkYuQ@mail.gmail.com
Most block-based table AMs will need the exact same implementation of
the relation_size callback as the heap, and if they use a standard
page layout, they will likely need an implementation of the
relation_estimate_size callback that is very similar to that of the
heap. Rearrange to facilitate code reuse.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson, and
Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ6DBPnP1E-vRpQZUJQijJFD54F+SR_pxGiAAS-MyrigA@mail.gmail.com
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
The code for conversions SQL_ASCII <-> MULE_INTERNAL and
SQL_ASCII <-> UTF8 was unreachable, because we long ago changed
the wrapper functions pg_do_encoding_conversion() et al so that
they have hard-wired behaviors for conversions involving SQL_ASCII.
(At least some of those fast paths date back to 2002, though it
looks like we may not have been totally consistent about this until
later.) Given the lack of complaints, nobody is dissatisfied with
this state of affairs. Hence, let's just remove the unreachable code.
Also, change CREATE CONVERSION so that it rejects attempts to
define such conversions. Since we consider that SQL_ASCII represents
lack of knowledge about the encoding in use, such a conversion would
be semantically dubious even if it were reachable.
Adjust a couple of regression test cases that had randomly decided
to rely on these conversion functions rather than any other ones.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/41163.1559156593@sss.pgh.pa.us
The itemlen variable used to be referenced in multiple places, but since
reworking the serialization code it's used only in one assert. Fixed by
removing the variable and calling the macro from the assert directly.
Backpatch to 12, where this code was introduced.
Reported-by: Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1zc_ovH9NZd_9ovuiEWkF9yX06URUDdXCmgDydf-bqB5A@mail.gmail.com
The serialization format of multivariate MCV lists included alignment in
order to allow direct access to part of the serialized data, but despite
multiple fixes (see for example commits d85e0f366a and ea4e1c0e8f) this
proved to be problematic.
This commit abandons alignment in the serialized format, and just copies
everything during deserialization. We now also track amount of memory
needed after deserialization (including alignment), which allows us to
deserialize the MCV list in a single pass.
Bump catversion, as this affects contents of pg_statistic_ext_data.
Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2201.1561521148@sss.pgh.pa.us
The function pg_mcv_list_items() returns values stored in MCV items. The
items may contain columns with different data types, so the function was
generating text array-like representation, but in an ad-hoc way without
properly escaping various characters etc.
Fixed by simply building a text[] array, which also makes it easier to
use from queries etc.
Requires changes to pg_proc entry, so bump catversion.
Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618205920.qtlzcu73whfpfqne@development
When building multi-column MCV lists, we compute base frequency for each
item, i.e. a product of per-column frequencies for values from the item.
As a value may be in multiple groups, the code was scanning the whole
array of groups while adding items to the MCV list. This works fine as
long as the number of distinct groups is small, but it's easy to trigger
trigger O(N^2) behavior, especially after increasing statistics target.
This commit precomputes frequencies for values in all columns, so that
when computing the base frequency it's enough to make a simple bsearch
lookup in the array.
Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618205920.qtlzcu73whfpfqne@development
Because there is no portable int64/uint64 format specifier and we
can't stick macros like INT64_FORMAT into the middle of a translatable
string, we have been using various workarounds that put the number to
be printed into a string buffer first. Now that we always use our own
sprintf(), we can rely on %lld and %llu to work, so we can use those.
This patch undoes this workaround in a few places where it was
egregiously verbose.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAH2-Wz%3DWbNxc5ob5NJ9yqo2RMJ0q4HXDS30GVCobeCvC9A1L9A%40mail.gmail.com
The main change is a new stemmer for Greek. There are minor changes
in the Danish and French stemmers.
Author: Panagiotis Mavrogiorgos <pmav99@gmail.com>
This is a follow-up refactoring after 09ec55b and b674211, which has
proved that the encoding and decoding routines used by SCRAM have a
poor interface when it comes to check after buffer overflows. This adds
an extra argument in the shape of the length of the result buffer for
each routine, which is used for overflow checks when encoding or
decoding an input string. The original idea comes from Tom Lane.
As a result of that, the encoding routine can now fail, so all its
callers are adjusted to generate proper error messages in case of
problems.
On failure, the result buffer gets zeroed.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190623132535.GB1628@paquier.xyz
This changes various places where appendPQExpBuffer was used in places
where it was possible to use appendPQExpBufferStr, and likewise for
appendStringInfo and appendStringInfoString. This is really just a
stylistic improvement, but there are also small performance gains to be
had from doing this.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9P=M-3ULmPvr8iCno8yvfDViHibJjpriHU8+SXUgeZ=w@mail.gmail.com
d4c3a156c added code to remove columns that were not part of a table's
PRIMARY KEY constraint from the GROUP BY clause when all the primary key
columns were present in the group by. This is fine to do since we know
that there will only be one row per group coming from this relation.
However, the logic failed to consider inheritance parent relations. These
can have child relations without a primary key, but even if they did, they
could duplicate one of the parent's rows or one from another child
relation. In this case, those additional GROUP BY columns are required.
Fix this by disabling the optimization for inheritance parent tables.
In v11 and beyond, partitioned tables are fine since partitions cannot
overlap and before v11 partitioned tables could not have a primary key.
Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7VLKf_vEr6kLF3MnWSA9LToJYncgpNX2tQ-oWzYCBQAw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6
4de60244e added the call to table_finish_bulk_insert to the
CopyMultiInsertBufferCleanup function. We use a CopyMultiInsertBuffer even
for non-partitioned tables, so having the cleanup do that meant we would
call table_finsh_bulk_insert twice when performing COPY FROM with
a non-partitioned table.
Here we can just remove the direct call in CopyFrom and let
CopyMultiInsertBufferCleanup handle the call instead.
86b85044e abstracted calls to heap functions in COPY FROM to support a
generic table AM. However, when performing a copy into a partitioned
table, this commit neglected to call table_finish_bulk_insert for each
partition. Before 86b85044e, when we always called the heap functions,
there was no need to call heapam_finish_bulk_insert for partitions since
it only did any work when performing a copy without WAL. For partitioned
tables, this was unsupported anyway, so there was no issue. With pluggable
storage, we can't make any assumptions about what the table AM might want
to do in its equivalent function, so we'd better ensure we always call
table_finish_bulk_insert each partition that's received a row.
For now, we make the table_finish_bulk_insert call whenever we evict a
CopyMultiInsertBuffer out of the CopyMultiInsertInfo. This does mean
that it's possible that we call table_finish_bulk_insert multiple times
per partition, which is not a problem other than being an inefficiency.
Improving this requires a more invasive patch, so let's leave that for
another day.
In passing, move the table_finish_bulk_insert for the target of the COPY
command so that it's only called when we're actually performing bulk
inserts. We don't need to call this when inserting 1 row at a time.
Reported-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYK=6BpxiJ0tN-p9wtH0BTAfbdxzHhwou0mdud4+BkYuQ@mail.gmail.com
UBSan complains about this. Instead, cast to a suitable type requiring
only 4-byte alignment. DatumGetAnyArrayP() already assumes one can cast
between AnyArrayType and ArrayType, so this doesn't introduce a new
assumption. Back-patch to 9.5, where AnyArrayType was introduced.
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190629210334.GA1244217@rfd.leadboat.com
The logic in reorder_grouping_sets to order grouping set elements to
match a pre-specified sort ordering was defective, resulting in
unnecessary sort nodes (though the query output would still be
correct). Repair, simplifying the code a little, and add a test.
Per report from Richard Guo, though I didn't use their patch. Original
bug seems to have been my fault.
Backpatch back to 9.5 where grouping sets were introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN_9JTzyjGcUjiBHxLsgqfk7PkdLGXiM=pwM+=ph2LsWw0WO1A@mail.gmail.com
Instead of calling pg_lsn_in() in check_recovery_target_lsn and
timestamptz_in() in check_recovery_target_time, reorganize the
respective code so that we don't raise any errors in the check hooks.
The previous code tried to use PG_TRY/PG_CATCH to handle errors in a
way that is not safe, so now the code contains no ereport() calls and
can operate safely within the GUC error handling system.
Moreover, since the interpretation of the recovery_target_time string
may depend on the time zone, we cannot do the final processing of that
string until all the GUC processing is done. Instead,
check_recovery_target_time() now does some parsing for syntax
checking, but the actual conversion to a timestamptz value is done
later in the recovery code that uses it.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190611061115.njjwkagvxp4qujhp%40alap3.anarazel.de
The date/time values 'current', 'invalid', and 'undefined' were
removed a long time ago, but the code still contains explicit error
handling for the transition. To simplify the code and avoid having to
handle these values everywhere, just remove the recognition of these
tokens altogether now.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
In commit 18555b132 we tentatively established a rule that regression
tests should use names containing "regression" for databases, and names
starting with "regress_" for all other globally-visible object names, so
as to circumscribe the side-effects that "make installcheck" could have
on an existing installation.
This commit adds a simple enforcement mechanism for that rule: if the code
is compiled with ENFORCE_REGRESSION_TEST_NAME_RESTRICTIONS defined, it
will emit a warning (not an error) whenever a database, role, tablespace,
subscription, or replication origin name is created that doesn't obey the
rule. Running one or more buildfarm members with that symbol defined
should be enough to catch new violations, at least in the regular
regression tests. Most TAP tests wouldn't notice such warnings, but
that's actually fine because TAP tests don't execute against an existing
server anyway.
Since it's already the case that running src/test/modules/ tests in
installcheck mode is deprecated, we can use that as a home for tests
that seem unsafe to run against an existing server, such as tests that
might have side-effects on existing roles. Document that (though this
commit doesn't in itself make it any less safe than before).
Update regress.sgml to define these restrictions more clearly, and
to clean up assorted lack-of-up-to-date-ness in its descriptions of
the available regression tests.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16638.1468620817@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since we generate such names internally, it seems like a good idea
to have a policy of disallowing them for user use, as we do for many
other object types. Otherwise attempts to use them will randomly
fail due to collisions with internally-generated names.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3606.1561747369@sss.pgh.pa.us
We forgot to map column numbers to/from the default partition for
various operations, leading to valid cases failing with spurious
errors, such as
ERROR: attribute N of type some_partition has been dropped
It was also possible that the search for conflicting rows in the default
partition when attaching another partition would fail to detect some.
Secondarily, it was also possible that such a search should be skipped
(because the constraint was implied) but wasn't.
Fix all this by mapping column numbers when necessary.
Reported by: Daniel Wilches
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15873-8c61945d6b3ef87c@postgresql.org
When a partitioned tables contains foreign tables as partitions, it is
not possible to implement unique or primary key indexes -- but when
regular indexes are created, there is no reason to do anything other
than ignoring such partitions. We were raising errors upon encountering
the foreign partitions, which is unfriendly and doesn't protect against
any actual problems.
Relax this restriction so that index creation is allowed on partitioned
tables containing foreign partitions, becoming a no-op on them. (We may
later want to redefine this so that the FDW is told to create the
indexes on the foreign side.) This applies to CREATE INDEX, as well as
ALTER TABLE / ATTACH PARTITION and CREATE TABLE / PARTITION OF.
Backpatch to 11, where indexes on partitioned tables were introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15724-d5a58fa9472eef4f@postgresql.org
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
a96c41f has introduced the option for heap, but it still lacked the
variant to control the behavior for toast relations.
While on it, refactor the tests so as they stress more scenarios with
the various values that vacuum_index_cleanup can use. It would be
useful to couple those tests with pageinspect to check that pages are
actually cleaned up, but this is left for later.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCqs8iN04RX=i1KtLSaX5RrTEM04b7NHYps4+rqtpWNEg@mail.gmail.com
Move ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions away from where it was unthinkingly
dropped, in the middle of a lot of ALTER COLUMN TYPE code. I don't have
any high principles about where to put it instead, so let's just put it
after ALTER COLUMN TYPE and before ALTER OWNER, matching existing
decisions about how to order related code stanzas.
Also add the minimal function header comment that the original author
was too cool to bother with.
Along the way, upgrade header comments for nearby ALTER COLUMN TYPE
functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14787.1561403130@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch reverts all the code changes of commit e76de8861, which turns
out to have been seriously misguided. We can't wait till later to compute
the definition string for an index; we must capture that before applying
the data type change for any column it depends on, else ruleutils.c will
deliverr wrong/misleading results. (This fine point was documented
nowhere, of course.)
I'd also managed to forget that ATExecAlterColumnType executes once per
ALTER COLUMN TYPE clause, not once per statement; which resulted in the
code being basically completely broken for any case in which multiple ALTER
COLUMN TYPE clauses are applied to a table having non-constraint indexes
that must be rebuilt. Through very bad luck, none of the existing test
cases nor the ones added by e76de8861 caught that, but of course it was
soon found in the field.
The previous patch also had an implicit assumption that if a constraint's
index had a dependency on a table column, so would the constraint --- but
that isn't actually true, so it didn't fix such cases.
Instead of trying to delete unneeded index dependencies later, do the
is-there-a-constraint lookup immediately on seeing an index dependency,
and switch to remembering the constraint if so. In the unusual case of
multiple column dependencies for a constraint index, this will result in
duplicate constraint lookups, but that's not that horrible compared to all
the other work that happens here. Besides, such cases did not work at all
before, so it's hard to argue that they're performance-critical for anyone.
Per bug #15865 from Keith Fiske. As before, back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15865-17940eacc8f8b081@postgresql.org
As part of REINDEX CONCURRENTLY, this formerly internal-only error
message becomes potentially user-visible (see regression tests), so
change from errmsg_internal() to errmsg(), and update comment.
The multivariate MCV estimation code may run user-defined operators on
the values in the MCV list, which means that those operators may
potentially leak the values from the MCV list. Guard against leaking
data to unprivileged users by checking that the user has SELECT
privileges on the table or all of the columns referred to by the
statistics.
Additionally, if there are any securityQuals on the RTE (either due to
RLS policies on the table, or accessing the table via a security
barrier view), not all rows may be visible to the current user, even
if they have table or column privileges. Thus we further insist that
the operator be leakproof in this case.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tomas Vondra.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui=Vdx4N==VV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB=ZA@mail.gmail.com
This makes the whole user experience more consistent when bumping into
failures, and more in line with the rewording done via 508300e.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190514153252.GA22168@alvherre.pgsql
This record uses one metadata buffer and registers some data associated
to the buffer, but when parsing the record for its description a direct
access to the record data was done, but there is none. This leads
usually to an incorrect description, but can also cause crashes like in
pg_waldump. Instead, fix things so as the parsing uses the data
associated to the metadata block.
This is an oversight from 3d92796, so backpatch down to 11.
Author: Michael Paquier
Description: https://postgr.es/m/20190617013059.GA3153@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
This fixes an embarrassing oversight I (Andres) made in 737a292b,
namely missing two place where liverows/deadrows were used when
converting those variables to pointers, leading to incrementing the
pointer, rather than the value.
It's not that actually that easy to trigger a crash: One needs tuples
deleted by the current transaction, followed by a tuple deleted in
another session, all in one page. Which is presumably why this hasn't
been noticed before.
Reported-By: Steve Singer
Author: Steve Singer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c7988239-d42c-ddc4-41db-171b23b35e4f@ssinger.info
This puts back reverted commit de87a084c0, with some bug fixes.
When two (or more) transactions are waiting for transaction T1 to release a
tuple-level lock, and transaction T1 upgrades its lock to a higher level, a
spurious deadlock can be reported among the waiting transactions when T1
finishes. The simplest example case seems to be:
T1: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
Y: select id from job where name = 'a' for update; -- starts waiting for T1
Z: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
T1: update job set name = 'b' where id = 1;
Z: update job set name = 'c' where id = 1; -- starts waiting for T1
T1: rollback;
At this point, transaction Y is rolled back on account of a deadlock: Y
holds the heavyweight tuple lock and is waiting for the Xmax to be released,
while Z holds part of the multixact and tries to acquire the heavyweight
lock (per protocol) and goes to sleep; once T1 releases its part of the
multixact, Z is awakened only to be put back to sleep on the heavyweight
lock that Y is holding while sleeping. Kaboom.
This can be avoided by having Z skip the heavyweight lock acquisition. As
far as I can see, the biggest downside is that if there are multiple Z
transactions, the order in which they resume after T1 finishes is not
guaranteed.
Backpatch to 9.6. The patch applies cleanly on 9.5, but the new tests don't
work there (because isolationtester is not smart enough), so I'm not going
to risk it.
Author: Oleksii Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B9C9D7CD-EB94-4635-91B6-E558ACEC0EC3@hintbits.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2815.1560521451@sss.pgh.pa.us
WHERE EXISTS (...) queries cannot be executed by Parallel Hash Join
with jointype JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER, because there is no way to make a
partial plan totally unique. The consequence of allowing such plans
was duplicate results from some EXISTS queries.
Back-patch to 11. Bug #15857.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Reported-by: Vladimir Kriukov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15857-d1ba2a64bce0795e%40postgresql.org
Any authenticated user can overflow a stack-based buffer by changing the
user's own password to a purpose-crafted value. This often suffices to
execute arbitrary code as the PostgreSQL operating system account.
This fix is contributed by multiple folks, based on an initial analysis
from Tom Lane. This issue has been introduced by 68e61ee, so it was
possible to make use of it at authentication time. It became more
easily to trigger after ccae190 which has made the SCRAM parsing more
strict when changing a password, in the case where the client passes
down a verifier already hashed using SCRAM. Back-patch to v10 where
SCRAM has been introduced.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Jonathan Katz, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Security: CVE-2019-10164
Backpatch-through: 10
This reverts commits 3da73d6839 and de87a084c0.
This code has some tricky corner cases that I'm not sure are correct and
not properly tested anyway, so I'm reverting the whole thing for next
week's releases (reintroducing the deadlock bug that we set to fix).
I'll try again afterwards.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1hbXKQ-0003g1-0C@gemulon.postgresql.org
We don't need to restrict column privileges on pg_statistic_ext;
all of that data is OK to read publicly. What we *do* need to do,
which was overlooked by 6cbfb784c, is revoke public read access on
pg_statistic_ext_data; otherwise we still have the same security
hole we started with.
Catversion bump to ensure that installations calling themselves
beta2 will have this fix.
Diagnosis/correction by Dean Rasheed and Tomas Vondra, but I'm
going to go ahead and push this fix ASAP so we get more buildfarm
cycles on it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8833.1560647898@sss.pgh.pa.us
The GRANT in system_views allowed SELECT privileges on various columns in
the pg_statistic_ext catalog, but tableoid was not included in the list.
That made pg_dump fail because it's accessing this column when building
the list of extended statistics to dump.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8833.1560647898%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Regular per-column statistics are stored in pg_statistics catalog, which
is however rather difficult to read, so we also have pg_stats view with
a human-reablable version of the data.
For extended statistic the catalog was fairly easy to read, so we did
not have such human-readable view so far. Commit 9b6babfa2d however did
split the catalog into two, which makes querying harder. Furthermore,
we want to show the multi-column MCV list in a way similar to per-column
stats (and not as a bytea value).
This commit introduces pg_stats_ext view, joining the two catalogs and
massaging the data to produce human-readable output similar to pg_stats.
It also considers RLS and access privileges - the data is shown only when
the user has access to all columns the extended statistic is defined on.
Bumped CATVERSION due to adding new system view.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
Since extended statistic got introduced in PostgreSQL 10, there was a
single catalog pg_statistic_ext storing both the definitions and built
statistic. That's however problematic when a user is supposed to have
access only to the definitions, but not to user data.
Consider for example pg_dump on a database with RLS enabled - if the
pg_statistic_ext catalog respects RLS (which it should, if it contains
user data), pg_dump would not see any records and the result would not
define any extended statistics. That would be a surprising behavior.
Until now this was not a pressing issue, because the existing types of
extended statistic (functional dependencies and ndistinct coefficients)
do not include any user data directly. This changed with introduction
of MCV lists, which do include most common combinations of values.
The easiest way to fix this is to split the pg_statistic_ext catalog
into two - one for definitions, one for the built statistic values.
The new catalog is called pg_statistic_ext_data, and we're maintaining
a 1:1 relationship with the old catalog - either there are matching
records in both catalogs, or neither of them.
Bumped CATVERSION due to changing system catalog definitions.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
If an EquivalenceClass member expression includes variables from
multiple appendrels, then instead of producing one substituted
expression per child relation as intended, we'd create additional
child expressions for combinations of children of different appendrels.
This happened because the child expressions generated while considering
the first appendrel were taken as sources during substitution of the
second appendrel, and so on. The extra expressions are useless, and are
harmless unless there are too many of them --- but if you have several
appendrels with a thousand or so members each, it gets bad fast.
To fix, consider only original (non-em_is_child) EC members as candidates
to be expanded. This requires the ability to substitute directly from a
top parent relation's Vars to those of an indirect descendant relation,
but we already have that in adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel().
Per bug #15847 from Feike Steenbergen. This is a longstanding misbehavior,
but it's only worth worrying about when there are more appendrel children
than we've historically considered wise to use. So I'm not going to take
the risk of back-patching this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15847-ea3734094bf8ae61@postgresql.org
When two (or more) transactions are waiting for transaction T1 to release a
tuple-level lock, and transaction T1 upgrades its lock to a higher level, a
spurious deadlock can be reported among the waiting transactions when T1
finishes. The simplest example case seems to be:
T1: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
Y: select id from job where name = 'a' for update; -- starts waiting for X
Z: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
T1: update job set name = 'b' where id = 1;
Z: update job set name = 'c' where id = 1; -- starts waiting for X
T1: rollback;
At this point, transaction Y is rolled back on account of a deadlock: Y
holds the heavyweight tuple lock and is waiting for the Xmax to be released,
while Z holds part of the multixact and tries to acquire the heavyweight
lock (per protocol) and goes to sleep; once X releases its part of the
multixact, Z is awakened only to be put back to sleep on the heavyweight
lock that Y is holding while sleeping. Kaboom.
This can be avoided by having Z skip the heavyweight lock acquisition. As
far as I can see, the biggest downside is that if there are multiple Z
transactions, the order in which they resume after X finishes is not
guaranteed.
Backpatch to 9.6. The patch applies cleanly on 9.5, but the new tests don't
work there (because isolationtester is not smart enough), so I'm not going
to risk it.
Author: Oleksii Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B9C9D7CD-EB94-4635-91B6-E558ACEC0EC3@hintbits.com
Given a query in which multiple JOIN nodes used the same alias
(which'd necessarily be in different sub-SELECTs), ruleutils.c
would assign the JOIN nodes distinct aliases for clarity ...
but then it forgot to print the modified aliases when dumping
the JOIN nodes themselves. This results in a dump/reload hazard
for views, because the emitted query is flat-out incorrect:
Vars will be printed with table names that have no referent.
This has been wrong for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Philip Dubé
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY4PR2101MB080246F2955FF58A6ED1FEAC98140@CY4PR2101MB0802.namprd21.prod.outlook.com
ATExecAlterColumnType failed to consider the possibility that an index
that needs to be rebuilt might be a child of a constraint that needs to be
rebuilt. We missed this so far because usually a constraint index doesn't
have a direct dependency on its table, just on the constraint object.
But if there's a WHERE clause, then dependency analysis of the WHERE
clause results in direct dependencies on the column(s) mentioned in WHERE.
This led to trying to drop and rebuild both the constraint and its
underlying index.
In v11/HEAD, we successfully drop both the index and the constraint,
and then try to rebuild both, and of course the second rebuild hits a
duplicate-index-name problem. Before v11, it fails with obscure messages
about a missing relation OID, due to trying to drop the index twice.
This is essentially the same kind of problem noted in commit
20bef2c31: the possible dependency linkages are broader than what
ATExecAlterColumnType was designed for. It was probably OK when
written, but it's certainly been broken since the introduction of
partial exclusion constraints. Fix by adding an explicit check
for whether any of the indexes-to-be-rebuilt belong to any of the
constraints-to-be-rebuilt, and ignoring any that do.
In passing, fix a latent bug introduced by commit 8b08f7d48: in
get_constraint_index() we must "continue" not "break" when rejecting
a relation of a wrong relkind. This is harmless today because we don't
expect that code path to be taken anyway; but if there ever were any
relations to be ignored, the existing coding would have an extremely
undesirable dependency on the order of pg_depend entries.
Also adjust a couple of obsolete comments.
Per bug #15835 from Yaroslav Schekin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15835-32d9b7a76c06a7a9@postgresql.org
For a non-superuser, changing a comment on a domain constraint was
leading to a cache lookup failure as the code tried to perform the
ownership lookup on the constraint OID itself, thinking that it was a
type, but this check needs to happen on the type the domain constraint
relies on. As the type a domain constraint relies on can be guessed
directly based on the constraint OID, first fetch its type OID and
perform the ownership on it.
This is broken since 7eca575, which has split the handling of comments
for table constraints and domain constraints, so back-patch down to
9.5.
Reported-by: Clemens Ladisch
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15833-808e11904835d26f@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.5
json_to_record(), when an output column is declared as type json or jsonb,
should emit the corresponding field of the input JSON object. But it got
this slightly wrong when the field is just a string literal: it failed to
escape the contents of the string. That typically resulted in syntax
errors if the string contained any double quotes or backslashes.
jsonb_to_record() handles such cases correctly, but I added corresponding
test cases for it too, to prevent future backsliding.
Improve the documentation, as it provided only a very hand-wavy
description of the conversion rules used by these functions.
Per bug report from Robert Vollmert. Back-patch to v10 where the
error was introduced (by commit cf35346e8).
Note that PG 9.4 - 9.6 also get this case wrong, but differently so:
they feed the de-escaped contents of the string literal to json[b]_in.
That behavior is less obviously wrong, so possibly it's being depended on
in the field, so I won't risk trying to make the older branches behave
like the newer ones.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D6921B37-BD8E-4664-8D5F-DB3525765DCD@vllmrt.net
Vignesh found this bug in the check function for
default_table_access_method's check hook, but that was just copied
from older GUCs. Investigation by Michael and me then found the bug in
further places.
When not connected to a database (e.g. in a walsender connection), we
cannot perform (most) GUC checks that need database access. Even when
only shared tables are needed, unless they're
nailed (c.f. RelationCacheInitializePhase2()), they cannot be accessed
without pg_class etc. being present.
Fix by extending the existing IsTransactionState() checks to also
check for MyDatabaseOid.
Reported-By: Vignesh C, Michael Paquier, Andres Freund
Author: Vignesh C, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1KXK9gbZfY-p_peRFm_XrBh1OwQO1Kk6Gig0c0fVZ2uw%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.4-
One would have needed out-of-tree code to observe the defects. Remove
unreferenced fields instead of completing their support functions.
Since in-tree code can't reach _readIntoClause(), no catversion bump.
There were a number of issues in the recent commits which include typos,
code and comments mismatch, leftover function declarations. Fix them.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Alexander Lakhin, Amit Kapila and Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ef0c0232-0c1d-3a35-63d4-0ebd06e31387@gmail.com
The file has been introduced in src/backend/libpq/ as of b0b39f72, but
all backend-side headers of libpq are located in src/include/libpq/.
Note that the identification path on top of the file referred to
src/include/libpq/ from the start.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190607043415.GE1736@paquier.xyz
In commit 87259588d0 I (Álvaro) tried to rationalize the determination
of tablespace to use for partitioned tables, but failed to handle the
default_tablespace case. Repair and add proper tests.
Author: Amit Langote, Rushabh Lathia
Reported-by: Rushabh Lathia
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf0cYjm1=rjxk_6gU0SjUS70=yFUAdCJLwWzh9bhNJnyVg@mail.gmail.com
We used the same slot to store a tuple from the index, and to store a
tuple from the table. That's not OK. It worked with the heap, because
heapam_getnextslot() stores a HeapTuple to the slot, and doesn't care how
large the tts_values/nulls arrays are. But when I played with a toy table
AM implementation that used a virtual tuple, it caused memory overruns.
In the passing, tidy up comments on the ioss_PscanLen fields.
When performing REINDEX TABLE CONCURRENTLY, if all of the table's indexes
could not be reindexed, a NOTICE message claimed that the table had no
indexes. This was confusing, so let's change the NOTICE text to something
less confusing.
In passing, also mention in the comment before ReindexRelationConcurrently
that materialized views are supported too and also explain what the return
value of the function means.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeithHvi13p_VyR8kt9o6Pa7Z=Smi6Nfc2anHnQx5Lj8bTQ@mail.gmail.com
86b85044e rewrote how COPY FROM works to allow multiple tuple buffers to
exist to once thus allowing multi-inserts to be used in more cases with
partitioned tables. That commit neglected to update the estate's
es_result_relation_info when flushing the insert buffer to the partition
making it possible for the index tuples to be added into an index on the
wrong partition.
Fix this and also add an Assert in ExecInsertIndexTuples to help ensure
that we never make this mistake again.
Reported-by: Haruka Takatsuka
Author: Ashutosh Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15832-b1bf336a4ee246b5@postgresql.org
When merging two attributes, we are sure that at least one remains.
However, when deleting one element in the attribute list we may finish
with an empty list returned as NIL by list_delete_cell(), but the code
failed to track that, which is not project-like. Adjust the call so as
we check for an empty list, and make use of it in an assertion.
This has been introduced by e7b3349, when adding support for CREATE
TABLE OF.
Author: Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE-h2TpPDqSWgOvfvSziOaMngMPwW+QZcmPpY8hQ_KOJ2+3hXQ@mail.gmail.com
It's not really supported to call systable_getnext() in a different
memory context than systable_beginscan() was called in, and it's
*definitely* not safe to do so and then reset that context between
calls. I'm not very clear on how this code survived
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS testing ... but Alexander Lakhin found a case
that would crash it pretty reliably.
Per bug #15828. Fix, and backpatch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15828-f6ddd7df4852f473@postgresql.org
Most errors reported in extended statistics are internal issues, and so
should use elog(). The MCV list code was already following this rule, but
the functional dependencies and ndistinct coefficients were using a mix
of elog() and ereport(). Fix this by changing most places to elog(), with
the exception of input functions.
This is a mostly cosmetic change, it makes the life a little bit easier
for translators, as elog() messages are not translated. So backpatch to
PostgreSQL 10, where extended statistics were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 10 where extended statistics were added
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190503154404.GA7478@alvherre.pgsql
Some of the wrapper functions didn't match the callback names. Many of
them due to staying "consistent" with historic naming of the wrapped
functionality. We decided that for most cases it's more important to
be for tableam to be consistent going forward, than with the past.
The one exception is beginscan/endscan/... because it'd have looked
odd to have systable_beginscan/endscan/... with a different naming
scheme, and changing the systable_* APIs would have caused way too
much churn (including breaking a lot of external users).
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, with some small additions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiugyrXZfX7n0ORCa4L-m834dzmaE8eFdbNR6PMpetU4Ww@mail.gmail.com
When there were duplicate columns in the hash key list, the array
sizes could be miscomputed, resulting in access off the end of the
array. Adjust the computation to ensure the array is always large
enough.
(I considered whether the duplicates could be removed in planning, but
I can't rule out the possibility that duplicate columns might have
different hash functions assigned. Simpler to just make sure it works
at execution time regardless.)
Bug apparently introduced in fc4b3dea2 as part of narrowing down the
tuples stored in the hashtable. Reported by Colm McHugh of Salesforce,
though I didn't use their patch. Backpatch back to version 10 where
the bug was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFeeJoKKu0u+A_A9R9316djW-YW3-+Gtgvy3ju655qRHR3jtdA@mail.gmail.com
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
This code was still using the old style of forming a heap tuple rather
than using tuple slots. This would be less efficient if a non-heap
access method was used. And using tuple slots is actually quite a bit
faster when using heap as well.
Also add some test cases for generated columns with null values and
with varlena values. This lack of coverage was discovered while
working on this patch.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190331025744.ugbsyks7czfcoksd%40alap3.anarazel.de
The original coding of this view relied on a correlated IN sub-query.
Our planner is not very bright about correlated sub-queries, and even
if it were, there's no way for it to know that the output of
pg_get_publication_tables() is duplicate-free, making the de-duplicating
semantics of IN unnecessary. Hence, rewrite as a LATERAL sub-query.
This provides circa 100X speedup for me with a few hundred published
tables (the whole regression database), and things would degrade as
roughly O(published_relations * all_relations) beyond that.
Because the rules.out expected output changes, force a catversion bump.
Ordinarily we might not want to do that post-beta1; but we already know
we'll be doing a catversion bump before beta2 to fix pg_statistic_ext
issues, so it's pretty much free to fix it now instead of waiting for v13.
Per report and fix suggestion from PegoraroF10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1551385426763-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Commit 41b54ba78e allowed existing VACUUM options to take a boolean
argument. It's documented that valid boolean values that VACUUM can
accept are true, false, on, off, 1, and 0. But previously the parser
failed to accept 1 and 0 as a boolean value in VACUUM syntax because
of a lack of NumericOnly clause for vac_analyze_option_arg in gram.y.
This commit adds such NumericOnly clause so that VACUUM options
can take also 1 and 0 as a boolean value.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwGYg82A8UCQxZe7Zn9MnyUBGdyB=1CNpKF3jBny+RbyfA@mail.gmail.com
For partial aggregation combine steps,
AggStatePerTrans->numTransInputs was set to the transition function's
number of inputs, rather than the combine function's number of
inputs (always 1).
That lead to partial aggregates with strict combine functions to
wrongly check for NOT NULL input as required by strictness. When the
aggregate wasn't exactly passed one argument, the strictness check was
either omitted (in the 0 args case) or too many arguments were
checked. In the latter case we'd read beyond the end of
FunctionCallInfoData->args (only in master).
AggStatePerTrans->numTransInputs actually has been wrong since since
9.6, where partial aggregates were added. But it turns out to not be
an active problem in 9.6 and 10, because numTransInputs wasn't used at
all for combine functions: Before c253b722f6 there simply was no NULL
check for the input to strict trans functions, and after that the
check was simply hardcoded for the right offset in fcinfo, as it's
done by code specific to combine functions.
In bf6c614a2f (11) the strictness check was generalized, with common
code doing the strictness checks for both plain and combine transition
functions, based on numTransInputs. For combine functions this lead to
not emitting an expression step to check for strict input in the 0
arguments case, and in the > 1 arguments case, we'd check too many
arguments.Due to the fact that the relevant fcinfo->isnull[2..] was
always zero-initialized (more or less by accident, by being part of
the AggStatePerTrans struct, which is palloc0'ed), there was no
observable damage in the latter case before a9c35cf85c, we just
checked too many array elements.
Due to the changes in a9c35cf85c, > 1 argument bug became visible,
because these days fcinfo is a) dynamically allocated without being
zeroed b) exactly the length required for the number of specified
arguments (hardcoded to 2 in this case).
This commit only contains a fairly minimal fix, setting numTransInputs
to a hardcoded 1 when building a pertrans for a combine function. It
seems likely that we'll want to clean this up further (e.g. the
arguments build_pertrans_for_aggref() aren't particularly meaningful
for combine functions). But the wrap date for 12 beta1 is coming up
fast, so it seems good to have a minimal fix in place.
Backpatch to 11. While AggStatePerTrans->numTransInputs was set
wrongly before that, the value was not used for combine functions.
Reported-By: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
Diagnosed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeevan Chalke, Andres Freund, David Rowley
Author: David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6=uZEyWyLw0N7HtR9OBc-sWEFeByEZC7t-KDf15FKxVew@mail.gmail.com
Before this commit, when ANALYZE was run on a table and serializable
was used (either by virtue of an explicit BEGIN TRANSACTION ISOLATION
LEVEL SERIALIZABLE, or default_transaction_isolation being set to
serializable) a null pointer dereference lead to a crash.
The analyze scan doesn't need a snapshot (nor predicate locking), but
before this commit a scan only contained information about being a
bitmap or sample scan.
Refactor the option passing to the scan_begin callback to use a
bitmask instead. Alternatively we could have added a new boolean
parameter, but that seems harder to read. Even before this issue
various people (Heikki, Tom, Robert) suggested doing so.
These changes don't change the scan APIs outside of tableam. The flags
argument could be exposed, it's not necessary to fix this
problem. Also the wrapper table_beginscan* functions encapsulate most
of that complexity.
After these changes fixing the bug is trivial, just don't acquire
predicate lock for analyze style scans. That was already done for
bitmap heap scans. Add an assert that a snapshot is passed when
acquiring the predicate lock, so this kind of bug doesn't require
running with serializable.
Also add a comment about sample scans currently requiring predicate
locking the entire relation, that previously wasn't remarked upon.
Reported-By: Joe Wildish
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/4EA80A20-E9BF-49F1-9F01-5B66CAB21453@elusive.cxhttps://postgr.es/m/20190411164947.nkii4gaeilt4bui7@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190518203102.g7peu2fianukjuxm@alap3.anarazel.de
This commit reverts 57431a911d.
While that's still a good idea in the abstract, we found out
that there are multiple crasher bugs in it on Windows builds,
making the logging_collector option unusable on Windows.
There's no time left to fix these issues before 12beta1,
so revert the patch to allow Windows beta testing to proceed.
We'll try again at some future date.
Per bug #15804 from Yulian Khodorkovskiy and additional
investigation by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15804-3721117bf40fb654@postgresql.org
If PrepareTempTablespaces() has never been called in the current
transaction, OpenTemporaryFile() will fall back to using the default
tablespace, which is a bug if the user wanted temp files placed elsewhere.
gistInitBuildBuffers() appears to have this disease already, and it
seems like an easy trap for future coders to fall into.
We discussed other ways to close this gap, but none of them are prettier
or more reliable than just having BufFileCreateTemp do it. In particular,
having fd.c do this creates layering issues that we could do without.
Per suggestion from Melanie Plageman. Arguably this is a bug fix, but
nobody seems very excited about back-patching, so change in HEAD only.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_YwzjuGAmmaw4-8XO=OVFGR1QhY_Pq-t3wjb9ribBJb_Q@mail.gmail.com
Instead add a tableam callback to do so. To avoid adding per
validation overhead, pass a scan to tuple_tid_valid. In heap's case
we'd otherwise incurred a RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() call for each
tid - which'd have added noticable overhead to nodeTidscan.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Ashwin Agrawal
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190515185447.gno2jtqxyktylyvs@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously various parts of the code routed size requests through
RelationGetNumberOfBlocks[InFork]. That works if md.c is used by the
AM, but not otherwise.
Add a tableam callback to return the size of the table. As not every
AM will use postgres' BLCKSZ, have it return bytes, and have
RelationGetNumberOfBlocksInFork() round the byte size up into blocks.
To allow code outside of the AM to determine the actual relation size
map InvalidForkNumber the total size of a relation, as not every AM
might just need the postgres defined forks.
A few users of RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() ought to be converted away
from that. One case, the use of it to determine whether a tid is
valid, will be fixed in a follow up commit. Others will have to wait
for v13.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190423225201.3bbv6tbqzkb5w7cw@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, gen_partprune_steps() always built executor pruning steps
using all suitable clauses, including those containing PARAM_EXEC
Params. This meant that the pruning steps were only completely safe
for executor run-time (scan start) pruning. To prune at executor
startup, we had to ignore the steps involving exec Params. But this
doesn't really work in general, since there may be logic changes
needed as well --- for example, pruning according to the last operator's
btree strategy is the wrong thing if we're not applying that operator.
The rules embodied in gen_partprune_steps() and its minions are
sufficiently complicated that tracking their incremental effects in
other logic seems quite impractical.
Short of a complete redesign, the only safe fix seems to be to run
gen_partprune_steps() twice, once to create executor startup pruning
steps and then again for run-time pruning steps. We can save a few
cycles however by noting during the first scan whether we rejected
any clauses because they involved exec Params --- if not, we don't
need to do the second scan.
In support of this, refactor the internal APIs in partprune.c to make
more use of passing information in the GeneratePruningStepsContext
struct, rather than as separate arguments.
This is, I hope, the last piece of our response to a bug report from
Alan Jackson. Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
It's not safe for nbtree VACUUM to attempt to delete a target page whose
right sibling is already half-dead, since that would fail the
cross-check when VACUUM attempts to re-find a downlink to the right
sibling in the parent page. Logic to prevent this from happening was
added by commit 8da3183780, which addressed a bug in the overhaul of
page deletion that went into PostgreSQL 9.4 (commit efada2b8e9).
VACUUM was made to check the right sibling page, and back off when it
happened to be half-dead already.
However, it is only truly necessary to do the right sibling check on the
leaf level, since that transitively determines if the deletion target's
parent's right sibling page is itself undergoing deletion. Remove the
internal page level check, and add a comment explaining why the leaf
level check alone suffices.
The extra check is also unnecessary due to the fact that internal pages
that are marked half-dead are generally considered corrupt. Commit
efada2b8e9 established the principle that there should never be
half-dead internal pages (internal pages pending deletion are possible,
but that status is never directly represented in the internal page).
VACUUM will complain about corruption when it encounters half-dead
internal pages, so VACUUM is bound to raise an error one way or another
when an nbtree index has a half-dead internal page (contrib/amcheck will
also report that the page is corrupt).
It's possible that a pg_upgrade'd 9.3 database will still have half-dead
internal pages, so it may seem like there is an argument for leaving the
check in place to reliably get a cleaner error message that advises the
user to REINDEX. However, leaf pages are also deleted in the first
phase of deletion prior to PostgreSQL 9.4, so I believe we won't even
attempt to re-find the parent page anyway (we won't have the fully
deleted leaf page as the right sibling of our target page, so we won't
even try to find a downlink for it).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm_ntmqJjWLRyKzimFmFvk+BnVAvUpaA4s1h9Ja58woaQ@mail.gmail.com
gen_prune_steps_from_opexps's notion of how to do this was overly
complicated and underly correct.
Per discussion of a report from Alan Jackson (though this fixes only one
aspect of that problem). Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
Cross-type comparison operators in a btree or hash opclass might be
only stable not immutable (this is true of timestamp vs. timestamptz
for example). partprune.c ignored this possibility and would perform
plan-time pruning with them anyway, possibly leading to wrong answers
if the environment changed between planning and execution.
To fix, teach gen_partprune_steps() to do things differently when
creating plan-time pruning steps vs. run-time pruning steps.
analyze_partkey_exprs() also needs an extra check, which is rather
annoying but now is not the time to restructure things enough to
avoid that.
While at it, simplify the logic for the plan-time case a little
by insisting that the comparison value be a Const and nothing else.
This relies on the assumption that eval_const_expressions will have
reduced any immutable expression to a Const; which is not quite
100% true, but certainly any case that comes up often enough to be
interesting should have simplification logic there.
Also improve a bunch of inadequate/obsolete/wrong comments.
Per discussion of a report from Alan Jackson (though this fixes only one
aspect of that problem). Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
David Rowley, with some further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
Remove a Berkeley-era comment above _bt_insertonpg() that admonishes the
reader to grok Lehman and Yao's paper before making any changes. This
made a certain amount of sense back when _bt_insertonpg() was
responsible for most of the things that are now spread across
_bt_insertonpg(), _bt_findinsertloc(), _bt_insert_parent(), and
_bt_split(), but it doesn't work like that anymore.
I believe that this comment alludes to the need to "couple" or "crab"
buffer locks as we ascend the tree as page splits cascade upwards. The
nbtree README already explains this in detail, which seems sufficient.
Besides, the changes to page splits made by commit 40dae7ec53 altered
the exact details of how buffer locks are retained during splits; Lehman
and Yao's original algorithm seems to release the lock on the left child
page/buffer slightly earlier than _bt_insertonpg()/_bt_insert_parent()
can.
Commit fab25024, which taught nbtree to choose candidate split points
more carefully, had _bt_findsplitloc() record all possible split points
in an initial pass over a page that is about to be split. The order
that candidate split points were processed and stored in was assumed to
match the offset number order of split points on an imaginary version of
the page that contains the same items as the original, but also fits
newitem (the item that provoked the split precisely because it didn't
fit).
However, the order of split points in the final array was not quite what
was expected: the split point that makes newitem the firstright item
came after the split point that makes newitem the lastleft item -- not
before. As a result, _bt_findsplitloc() could get confused about the
leftmost and rightmost tuples among all possible split points recorded
for the page. This seems to have no appreciable impact on the quality
of the final split point chosen by _bt_findsplitloc(), but it's still
wrong.
To fix, switch the order in which newitem candidate splits are recorded
in. This also makes it possible to describe candidate split points in
terms of which pair of adjoining tuples enclose the split point within
_bt_findsplitloc(), making it clearer why it's generally safe for
_bt_split() to expect lastleft and firstright tuples.
For some reason both callsite and the implementation for heapam had
the meaning inverted (i.e. succeeded == true was passed in case of
conflict). That's confusing.
I (Andres) briefly pondered whether it'd be better to rename
table_complete_speculative's argument to 'bool specConflict' or such,
but decided not to. The 'complete' in the function name for me makes
`succeeded` sound a bit better.
Reported-By: Ashwin Agrawal, Melanie Plageman, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeitk7-TACwYv3hCw45FNPjkA86RfXg4iQ5kAOPhR+F1Y4w@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/97673451-339f-b21e-a781-998d06b1067c@iki.fi
SQL's regular-expression substring() function is defined to have a
pattern argument that's separated into three subpatterns by escape-
double-quote markers; the function result is the part of the input
matching the second subpattern. The standard makes it clear that
if there is ambiguity about how to match the input to the subpatterns,
the first and third subpatterns should be taken to match the smallest
possible amount of text (i.e., they're "non greedy", in the terms of
our regex code). We were not doing it that way: the first subpattern
would eat the largest possible amount of text, causing the function
result to be shorter than what the spec requires.
Fix that by attaching explicit greediness quantifiers to the
subpatterns. (This depends on the regex fix in commit 8a29ed053;
before that, this didn't reliably change the regex engine's behavior.)
Also, by adding parentheses around each subpattern, we ensure that
"|" (OR) in the subpatterns behave sanely. Previously, "|" in the
first or third subpatterns didn't work.
This patch also makes the function throw error if you write more than
two escape-double-quote markers, and do something sane if you write
just one, and document that behavior. Previously, an odd number of
markers led to a confusing complaint about unbalanced parentheses,
while extra pairs of markers were just ignored. (Note that the spec
requires exactly two markers, but we've historically allowed there
to be none, and this patch preserves the old behavior for that case.)
In passing, adjust some substring() test cases that didn't really
prove what they said they were testing for: they used patterns
that didn't match the data string, so that the output would be
NULL whether or not the function was really strict.
Although this is certainly a bug fix, changing the behavior in back
branches seems undesirable: applications could perhaps be depending on
the old behavior, since it's not obviously wrong unless you read the
spec very closely. Hence, no back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5bb27a41-350d-37bf-901e-9d26f5592dd0@charter.net
Previously, the code pointed the standard process-termination signals
to postgres.c's die(). That would typically result in an attempt to
execute a transaction abort, which is not possible in bootstrap mode,
leading to PANIC. This choice seems to be a leftover from an old code
structure in which the same signal-assignment code was used for many
sorts of auxiliary processes, including interactive standalone
backends. It's not very sensible for bootstrap mode, which has no
interest in either interactivity or continuing after an error. We can
get better behavior with less effort by just letting normal process
termination happen, after which the parent initdb process will clean up.
This is basically cosmetic in any case, since initdb will react the
same way whether bootstrap dies on a signal or abort(). Given the
lack of previous complaints, I don't feel a need to back-patch,
even though the behavior is old.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3850b11a.5121.16aaf827e4a.Coremail.thunder1@126.com
As we descend the GiST tree during insertion, we modify any downlinks on
the way down to include the new tuple we're about to insert (if they don't
cover it already). Modifying an existing downlink might cause an internal
page to split, if the new downlink tuple is larger than the old one. If
that happens, we need to back up to the parent and re-choose a page to
insert to. We used to detect that situation, thanks to the NSN-LSN
interlock normally used to detect concurrent page splits, but that got
broken by commit 9155580fd5. With that commit, we now use a dummy constant
LSN value for every page during index build, so the LSN-NSN interlock no
longer works. I thought that was OK because there can't be any other
backends modifying the index during index build, but missed that the
insertion itself can modify the page we're inserting to. The consequence
was that we would sometimes insert the new tuple to an incorrect page, one
whose downlink doesn't cover the new tuple.
To fix, add a flag to the stack that keeps track of the state while
descending tree, to indicate that a page was split, and that we need to
retry the descend from the parent.
Thomas Munro first reported that the contrib/intarray regression test was
failing occasionally on the buildfarm after commit 9155580fd5. The failure
was intermittent, because the gistchoose() function is not deterministic,
and would only occasionally create the right circumstances for this bug to
cause the failure.
Patch by Anastasia Lubennikova, with some changes by me to make it work
correctly also when the internal page split also causes the "grandparent"
to be split.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGJRzLo7tZExWfSbwM3XuK7aAK7FhdBV0FLkbUG%2BW0v0zg%40mail.gmail.com
The conditions listed in this comment have changed several times, and at
some point the thing that the "if so" referred to was negated.
The text was OK up to 9.6. It was differently wrong in v10, v11 and
master, so fix in all those versions.
The term "item pointer" should not be used to refer to ItemIdData
variables, since that is needlessly ambiguous. Only
ItemPointerData/ItemPointer variables should be called item pointers.
To fix, establish the convention that ItemIdData variables should always
be referred to either as "item identifiers" or "line pointers". The
term "item identifier" already predominates in docs and translatable
messages, and so should be the preferred alternative there.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=c=MZQjUzde3o9+2PLAPuHTpVZPPdYxN=E4ndQ2--8ew@mail.gmail.com
Only hand-assigned type OIDs should be presumed to match across different
PG servers; those assigned during genbki.pl or during initdb are likely
to change due to addition or removal of unrelated objects.
This means that the cutoff should be FirstGenbkiObjectId (in HEAD)
or FirstBootstrapObjectId (before that), not FirstNormalObjectId.
Compare postgres_fdw's is_builtin() test.
It's likely that this error has no observable consequence in a
normally-functioning system, since ATM the only affected type OIDs are
system catalog rowtypes and information_schema types, which would not
typically be interesting for logical replication. But you could
probably break it if you tried hard, so back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
The FirstNormalObjectId test here is a kluge that needs to go away,
but the only substitute we can think of is to add a column to pg_class,
which will take more work than can be handled right now. Add some
commentary in the meanwhile.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 8fa30f906b reduced the elevel of a number of "can't happen"
_bt_split() errors from PANIC to ERROR. At the same time, the new right
page buffer for the split could continue to be acquired well before the
critical section. This was possible because it was relatively
straightforward to make sure that _bt_split() could not throw an error,
with a few specific exceptions. The exceptional cases were safe because
they involved specific, well understood errors, making it possible to
consistently zero the right page before actually raising an error using
elog(). There was no danger of leaving around a junk page, provided
_bt_split() stuck to this coding rule.
Commit 8224de4f, which introduced INCLUDE indexes, added code to make
_bt_split() truncate away non-key attributes. This happened at a point
that broke the rule around zeroing the right page in _bt_split(). If
truncation failed (perhaps due to palloc() failure), that would result
in an errant right page buffer with junk contents. This could confuse
VACUUM when it attempted to delete the page, and should be avoided on
general principle.
To fix, reorganize _bt_split() so that truncation occurs before the new
right page buffer is even acquired. A junk page/buffer will not be left
behind if _bt_nonkey_truncate()/_bt_truncate() raise an error.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkcWT_-NH7EeL=Az4efg0KCV+wArygW8zKB=+HoP=VWMw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-, where INCLUDE indexes were introduced.
equalsJsonbScalarValue() uses a boolean as return type, however for one
code path -1 gets returned, which is confusing. The origin of the
confusion is visibly that this code got copy-pasted from
compareJsonbScalarValue() since it has been introduced in d1d50bf.
No backpatch, as this is only cosmetic.
Author: Rikard Falkeborn
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADRDgG7mJnek6HNW13f+LF6V=6gag9PM+P7H5dnyWZAv49aBGg@mail.gmail.com
A bounded quantifier with m = n = 1 might be thought a no-op. But
according to our documentation (which traces back to Henry Spencer's
original man page) it still imposes greediness, or non-greediness in the
case of the non-greedy variant "{1,1}?", on whatever it's attached to.
This turns out not to work though, because parseqatom() optimizes away
the m = n = 1 case without regard for whether it's supposed to change
the greediness of the argument RE.
We can fix this by just not applying the optimization when the greediness
needs to change; the subsequent general cases handle it fine.
The three cases in which we can still apply the optimization are
(a) no quantifier, or quantifier does not impose a preference;
(b) atom has no greediness property, implying it cannot match a
variable amount of text anyway; or
(c) quantifier's greediness is same as atom's.
Note that in most cases where one of these applies, we'd have exited
earlier in the "not a messy case" fast path. I think it's now only
possible to get to the optimization when the atom involves capturing
parentheses or a non-top-level backref.
Back-patch to all supported branches. I'd ordinarily be hesitant to
put a subtle behavioral change into back branches, but in this case
it's very hard to see a reason why somebody would write "{1,1}?" unless
they're trying to get the documented change-of-greediness behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5bb27a41-350d-37bf-901e-9d26f5592dd0@charter.net
The function had been interpreting SQL_ASCII messages as UTF8, throwing
an error when they were invalid UTF8. The new behavior is consistent
with pg_do_encoding_conversion(). This affects LOG_DESTINATION_STDERR
and LOG_DESTINATION_EVENTLOG, which will send untranslated bytes to
write() and ReportEventA(). On buildfarm member bowerbird, enabling
log_connections caused an error whenever the role name was not valid
UTF8. Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190512015615.GD1124997@rfd.leadboat.com
We long ago decided to design the shared PgBackendStatus data structure to
minimize the cost of writing status updates, which means that writers just
have to increment the st_changecount field twice. That isn't hooked into
any sort of resource management mechanism, which means that if something
were to throw error between the two increments, the st_changecount field
would be left odd indefinitely. That would cause readers to lock up.
Now, since it's also a bad idea to leave the field odd for longer than
absolutely necessary (because readers will spin while we have it set),
the expectation was that we'd treat these segments like spinlock critical
sections, with only short, more or less straight-line, code in them.
That was fine as originally designed, but commit 9029f4b37 broke it
by inserting a significant amount of non-straight-line code into
pgstat_bestart(), code that is very capable of throwing errors, not to
mention taking a significant amount of time during which readers will spin.
We have a report from Neeraj Kumar of readers actually locking up, which
I suspect was due to an encoding conversion error in X509_NAME_to_cstring,
though conceivably it was just a garden-variety OOM failure.
Subsequent commits have loaded even more dubious code into pgstat_bestart's
critical section (and commit fc70a4b0d deserves some kind of booby prize
for managing to miss the critical section entirely, although the negative
consequences seem minimal given that the PgBackendStatus entry should be
seen by readers as inactive at that point).
The right way to fix this mess seems to be to compute all these values
into a local copy of the process' PgBackendStatus struct, and then just
copy the data back within the critical section proper. This plan can't
be implemented completely cleanly because of the struct's heavy reliance
on out-of-line strings, which we must initialize separately within the
critical section. But still, the critical section is far smaller and
safer than it was before.
In hopes of forestalling future errors of the same ilk, rename the
macros for st_changecount management to make it more apparent that
the writer-side macros create a critical section. And to prevent
the worst consequences if we nonetheless manage to mess it up anyway,
adjust those macros so that they really are a critical section, ie
they now bump CritSectionCount. That doesn't add much overhead, and
it guarantees that if we do somehow throw an error while the counter
is odd, it will lead to PANIC and a database restart to reset shared
memory.
Back-patch to 9.5 where the problem was introduced.
In HEAD, also fix an oversight in commit b0b39f72b: it failed to teach
pgstat_read_current_status to copy st_gssstatus data from shared memory to
local memory. Hence, subsequent use of that data within the transaction
would potentially see changing data that it shouldn't see.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPR3Wj5Z17=+eeyrn_ZDG3NQGYgMEOY6JV6Y-WRRhGgwc16U3Q@mail.gmail.com
There's a very old race condition in our code to see whether a pre-existing
shared memory segment is still in use by a conflicting postmaster: it's
possible for the other postmaster to remove the segment in between our
shmctl() and shmat() calls. It's a narrow window, and there's no risk
unless both postmasters are using the same port number, but that's possible
during parallelized "make check" tests. (Note that while the TAP tests
take some pains to choose a randomized port number, pg_regress doesn't.)
If it does happen, we treated that as an unexpected case and errored out.
To fix, allow EINVAL to be treated as segment-not-present, and the same
for EIDRM on Linux. AFAICS, the considerations here are basically
identical to the checks for acceptable shmctl() failures, so I documented
and coded it that way.
While at it, adjust PGSharedMemoryAttach's API to remove its undocumented
dependency on UsedShmemSegAddr in favor of passing the attach address
explicitly. This makes it easier to be sure we're using a null shmaddr
when probing for segment conflicts (thus avoiding questions about what
EINVAL means). I don't think there was a bug there, but it required
fragile assumptions about the state of UsedShmemSegAddr during
PGSharedMemoryIsInUse.
Commit c09850992 may have made this failure more probable by applying
the conflicting-segment tests more often. Hence, back-patch to all
supported branches, as that was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22224.1557340366@sss.pgh.pa.us
This improves the user experience when it comes to restrict several
flavors of REINDEX CONCURRENTLY. First, for INDEX, remove a restriction
on shared relations as we already check after catalog relations. Then,
for TABLE, add a proper error message when attempting to run the command
on system catalogs. The code path of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY already
complains about that, but if a REINDEX is issued then then the error
generated is confusing.
While on it, add more tests to check restrictions on catalog indexes and
on toast table/index for catalogs. Some error messages are improved,
with wording suggestion coming from Tom Lane.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23694.1556806002@sss.pgh.pa.us
create_merge_append_plan failed to honor the CP_EXACT_TLIST flag:
it would generate the expected targetlist but then it felt free to
add resjunk sort targets to it. This demonstrably leads to assertion
failures in v11 and HEAD, and it's probably just accidental that we
don't see the same in older branches. I've not looked into whether
there would be any real-world consequences in non-assert builds.
In HEAD, create_append_plan has sprouted the same problem, so fix
that too (although we do not have any test cases that seem able to
reach that bug). This is an oversight in commit 3fc6e2d7f which
invented the CP_EXACT_TLIST flag, so back-patch to 9.6 where that
came in.
convert_subquery_pathkeys would create pathkeys for subquery output
values if they match any EquivalenceClass known in the outer query
and are available in the subquery's syntactic targetlist. However,
the second part of that condition is wrong, because such values might
not appear in the subquery relation's reltarget list, which would
mean that they couldn't be accessed above the level of the subquery
scan. We must check that they appear in the reltarget list, instead.
This can lead to dropping knowledge about the subquery's sort
ordering, but I believe it's okay, because any sort key that the
outer query actually has any interest in would appear in the
reltarget list.
This second issue is of very long standing, but right now there's no
evidence that it causes observable problems before 9.6, so I refrained
from back-patching further than that. We can revisit that choice if
somebody finds a way to make it cause problems in older branches.
(Developing useful test cases for these issues is really problematic;
fixing convert_subquery_pathkeys removes the only known way to exhibit
the create_merge_append_plan bug, and neither of the test cases added
by this patch causes a problem in all branches, even when considering
the issues separately.)
The second issue explains bug #15795 from Suresh Kumar R ("could not
find pathkey item to sort" with nested DISTINCT queries). I stumbled
across the first issue while investigating that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15795-fadb56c8e44ee73c@postgresql.org
In commit 7012b132d0, which added support for aggregate pushdown in
postgres_fdw, the expense of evaluating the final scan/join target
computed by make_group_input_target() was not accounted for at all in
costing aggregate pushdown paths with local statistics. The right fix
for this would be to have a separate upper stage to adjust the final
scan/join relation (see comments for apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths());
but for now, fix by adding the tlist eval cost when costing aggregate
pushdown paths with local statistics.
Apply this to HEAD only to avoid destabilizing existing plan choices.
Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5C66A056.60007%40lab.ntt.co.jp
Commit bb16aba50 broke the code that maintains SxactGlobalXmin. It
could get stuck when a well-timed READ ONLY transaction runs. If
SxactGlobalXmin stops advancing, transactions on the
FinishedSerializableTransactions queue are never cleaned up, so
resources are effectively leaked. Revert that hunk of the commit.
Also revert another similar hunk that was probably harmless, but
unnecessary and unjustified, relating to the DOOMED flag in case of
RO_SAFE early release.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16170.1557251214%40sss.pgh.pa.us
The right way for IsCatalogRelation/Class to behave is to return true
for OIDs less than FirstBootstrapObjectId (not FirstNormalObjectId),
without any of the ad-hoc fooling around with schema membership.
The previous code was wrong because (1) it claimed that
information_schema tables were not catalog relations but their toast
tables were, which is silly; and (2) if you dropped and recreated
information_schema, which is a supported operation, the behavior
changed. That's even sillier. With this definition, "catalog
relations" are exactly the ones traceable to the postgres.bki data,
which seems like what we want.
With this simplification, we don't actually need access to the pg_class
tuple to identify a catalog relation; we only need its OID. Hence,
replace IsCatalogClass with "IsCatalogRelationOid(oid)". But keep
IsCatalogRelation as a convenience function.
This allows fixing some arguably-wrong semantics in contrib/sepgsql and
ReindexRelationConcurrently, which were using an IsSystemNamespace test
where what they really should be using is IsCatalogRelationOid. The
previous coding failed to protect toast tables of system catalogs, and
also was not on board with the general principle that user-created tables
do not become catalogs just by virtue of being renamed into pg_catalog.
We can also get rid of a messy hack in ReindexMultipleTables.
While we're at it, also rename IsSystemNamespace to IsCatalogNamespace,
because the previous name invited confusion with the more expansive
semantics used by IsSystemRelation/Class.
Also improve the comments in catalog.c.
There are a few remaining places in replication-related code that are
special-casing OIDs below FirstNormalObjectId. I'm inclined to think
those are wrong too, and if there should be any special case it should
just extend to FirstBootstrapObjectId. But first we need to debate
whether a FOR ALL TABLES publication should include information_schema.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21697.1557092753@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit dd299df818, which added suffix truncation to nbtree, simplified
the WAL record format used by page splits. It became necessary to
explicitly WAL-log the new high key for the left half of a split in all
cases, which relieved the REDO routine from having to reconstruct a new
high key for the left page by copying the first item from the right
page. Remove a comment that referred to the previous practice.
Some messages related to foreign servers were reporting the server name
without quotes, or not at all; our style is to have all names be quoted,
and the server name already appears quoted in a few other messages, so
just add quotes and make them all consistent.
Remove an extra "s" in other messages (typos introduced by myself in
f56f8f8da6).
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY locks tables with ShareUpdateExclusiveLock rather
than the ShareLock used by a plain REINDEX. However,
RangeVarCallbackForReindexIndex() was not updated for that and still
used the ShareLock only. This would lead to lock upgrades later,
leading to possible deadlocks.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190430151735.wi52sxjvxsjvaxxt%40alap3.anarazel.de
It is no longer possible under any circumstances for nbtree code to
reconstruct a strict lower bound key (parent page's pivot tuple key) for
a right sibling page by retrieving the first item in the right sibling
page.
This commit contains multiple improvements to error reporting in jsonpath
including but not limited to getting rid of following things:
* definition of error messages in macros,
* errdetail() when valueable information could fit to errmsg(),
* word "singleton" which is not properly explained anywhere,
* line breaks in error messages.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14890.1555523005%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
This commit adds new parameter to VACUUM command, TRUNCATE,
which specifies that VACUUM should attempt to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table and allow the disk space
for the truncated pages to be returned to the operating system.
This parameter, if specified, overrides the vacuum_truncate
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoD+qtrSDL=GSma4Wd3kLYLeRC0hPna-YAdkDeV4z156vg@mail.gmail.com
On a 64-bit machine, if you set track_activity_query_size and
max_connections such that their product exceeds 1GB, shared memory
setup will still succeed (given enough RAM), but attempts to read
pg_stat_activity fail with "invalid memory alloc request size".
Work around that by using MemoryContextAllocHuge to allocate the
local copy of the activity strings. Using the "huge" API costs us
nothing extra in normal cases, and it seems better than throwing
an error and/or explaining to people why they can't do this.
This situation seems insanely profligate today, but who knows what
people will consider normal in ten or twenty years? So let's fix it
in HEAD but not worry about a back-patch.
Per report from James Tomson.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1CFDCCD6-B268-48D8-85C8-400D2790B2C3@pushd.com
This feature was using a process local map to track the first few blocks
in the relation. The map was reset each time we get the block with enough
freespace. It was discussed that it would be better to track this map on
a per-relation basis in relcache and then invalidate the same whenever
vacuum frees up some space in the page or when FSM is created. The new
design would be better both in terms of API design and performance.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
06c8a5090e Improve code comments in b0eaa4c51b.
13e8643bfc During pg_upgrade, conditionally skip transfer of FSMs.
6f918159a9 Add more tests for FSM.
9c32e4c350 Clear the local map when not used.
29d108cdec Update the documentation for FSM behavior..
08ecdfe7e5 Make FSM test portable.
b0eaa4c51b Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416180452.3pm6uegx54iitbt5@alap3.anarazel.de
In examine_variable() and examine_simple_variable(), when checking the
user's table and column privileges to determine whether to grant
access to the pg_statistic data, use checkAsUser for the privilege
checks, if it's set. This will be the case if we're accessing the
table via a view, to indicate that we should perform privilege checks
as the view owner rather than the current user.
This change makes this planner check consistent with the check in the
executor, so the planner will be able to make use of statistics if the
table is accessible via the view. This fixes a performance regression
introduced by commit e2d4ef8de8, which affects queries against
non-security barrier views in the case where the user doesn't have
privileges on the underlying table, but the view owner does.
Note that it continues to provide the same safeguards controlling
access to pg_statistic for direct table access (in which case
checkAsUser won't be set) and for security barrier views, because of
the nearby checks on rte->security_barrier and rte->securityQuals.
Back-patch to all supported branches because e2d4ef8de8 was.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Jonathan Katz and Stephen Frost.
In commit e2d4ef8de8, security checks were added to prevent
user-supplied operators from running over data from pg_statistic
unless the user has table or column privileges on the table, or the
operator is leakproof. For a table with RLS, however, checking for
table or column privileges is insufficient, since that does not
guarantee that the user has permission to view all of the column's
data.
Fix this by also checking for securityQuals on the RTE, and insisting
that the operator be leakproof if there are any. Thus the
leakproofness check will only be skipped if there are no securityQuals
and the user has table or column privileges on the table -- i.e., only
if we know that the user has access to all the data in the column.
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was added.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Jonathan Katz and Stephen Frost.
Security: CVE-2019-10130
Noticed while reviewing nearby code. Given all the disclaimers about
this not being meant as user-facing code, I wonder whether we should
make these non-translatable? But in any case there's little excuse
for them not to be good English.
Project style is to check the success of SearchSysCacheN and friends
by applying HeapTupleIsValid to the result. A tiny minority of calls
creatively did it differently. Bring them into line with the rest.
This is just cosmetic, since HeapTupleIsValid is indeed just a null
check at the moment ... but that may not be true forever, and in any
case it puts a mental burden on readers who may wonder why these
call sites are not like the rest.
Back-patch to v11 just to keep the branches in sync. (The bulk of these
errors seem to have originated in v11 or v12, though a few are old.)
Per searching to see if anyplace else had made the same error
repaired in 62148c352.
Omitted in commit 05b38c7e6 (though it looks like the original blame
belongs to 9e9befac4). A failure is admittedly unlikely, but if it
did happen, SIGSEGV is not the approved method of reporting it.
Per Coverity. Back-patch to v11 where the broken code originated.
Commit 3f342839 corrected obsolete comments about buffer locks at the
main _bt_insert_parent() call site, but missed similar obsolete comments
above _bt_insert_parent() itself. Both sets of comments were rendered
obsolete by commit 40dae7ec53, which made the nbtree page split
algorithm more robust. Fix the comments that were missed the first time
around now.
In passing, refine a related _bt_insert_parent() comment about
re-finding the parent page to insert new downlink.
In the wake of commit f912d7dec, RelationSetIndexList isn't used any
more. It was always a horrid wart, so getting rid of it is very nice.
We can also convert rd_indexvalid back to a plain boolean.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28926.1556664156@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commits 3dbb317d3 et al failed under CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS testing.
Investigation showed that to reindex pg_class_oid_index, we must
suppress accesses to the index (via SetReindexProcessing) before we call
RelationSetNewRelfilenode, or at least before we do CommandCounterIncrement
therein; otherwise, relcache reloads happening within the CCI may try to
fetch pg_class rows using the index's new relfilenode value, which is as
yet an empty file.
Of course, the point of 3dbb317d3 was that that ordering didn't work
either, because then RelationSetNewRelfilenode's own update of the index's
pg_class row cannot access the index, should it need to.
There are various ways we might have got around that, but Andres Freund
came up with a brilliant solution: for a mapped index, we can really just
skip the pg_class update altogether. The only fields it was actually
changing were relpages etc, but it was just setting them to zeroes which
is useless make-work. (Correct new values will be installed at the end
of index build.) All pg_class indexes are mapped and probably always will
be, so this eliminates the problem by removing work rather than adding it,
always a pleasant outcome. Having taught RelationSetNewRelfilenode to do
it that way, we can revert the code reordering in reindex_index. (But
I left the moved setup code where it was; there seems no reason why it
has to run without use of the old index. If you're trying to fix a
busted pg_class index, you'll have had to disable system index use
altogether to get this far.)
Moreover, this means we don't need RelationSetIndexList at all, because
reindex_relation's hacking to make "REINDEX TABLE pg_class" work is
likewise now unnecessary. We'll leave that code in place in the back
branches, but a follow-on patch will remove it in HEAD.
In passing, do some minor cleanup for commit 5c1560606 (in HEAD only),
notably removing a duplicate newrnode assignment.
Patch by me, using a core idea due to Andres Freund. Back-patch to all
supported branches, as 3dbb317d3 was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28926.1556664156@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit d2599ecfcc introduced some contorted, confused code around:
readers would think that it's possible for HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin return
a non-frozen value for some frozen tuples, which would be disastrous.
There's no actual bug, but it seems better to make it clearer.
Per gripe from Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30116.1555430496@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit dd299df818, which made heap TID a tiebreaker nbtree index
column, introduced new rules on page space management to make suffix
truncation safe. In general, suffix truncation needs to have a small
amount of extra space available on the new left page when splitting a
leaf page. This is needed in case it turns out that truncation cannot
even "truncate away the heap TID column", resulting in a
larger-than-firstright leaf high key with an explicit heap TID
representation.
Despite all this, CREATE INDEX/nbtsort.c did not account for the
possible need for extra heap TID space on leaf pages when deciding
whether or not a new item could fit on current page. This could lead to
"failed to add item to the index page" errors when CREATE
INDEX/nbtsort.c tried to finish off a leaf page that lacked space for a
larger-than-firstright leaf high key (it only had space for firstright
tuple, which was just short of what was needed following "truncation").
Several conditions needed to be met all at once for CREATE INDEX to
fail. The problem was in the hard limit on what will fit on a page,
which tends to be masked by the soft fillfactor-wise limit. The easiest
way to recreate the problem seems to be a CREATE INDEX on a low
cardinality text column, with tuples that are of non-uniform width,
using a fillfactor of 100.
To fix, bring nbtsort.c in line with nbtsplitloc.c, which already
pessimistically assumes that all leaf page splits will have high keys
that have a heap TID appended.
Reported-By: Andreas Joseph Krogh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VisenaEmail.c5.3ee7fe277d514162.16a6d785bea@tc7-visena
The new nleft_dead_tuples and nleft_dead_itemids fields are confusing
and do not seem like the correct way forward. One of them is tested
via an assertion that can fail, as it has already done on buildfarm
member topminnow. Remove the assertion and the fields.
Change the logic for the case where a tuple is not initially pruned
by heap_page_prune but later diagnosed HEAPTUPLE_DEAD by
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum. Previously, tupgone = true was set in
that case, which leads to treating the tuple as one that will be
removed. In a normal vacuum, that's OK, because we'll remove
index entries for it and then the second heap pass will remove the
tuple itself, but when index cleanup is disabled, those things
don't happen, so we must instead treat it as a recently-dead
tuple that we have voluntarily chosen to keep.
Report and analysis by Tom Lane. This patch loosely based on one
from Masahiko Sawada, but I changed most of it.
The message type for temp files and for checksum failures were missing
from the union. Due to the coding style used there was no compiler error
when this happend. So change the code to actively use the union thereby
producing a compiler error if the same mistake happens again, suggested
by Tom Lane.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reported-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190430163328.zd4rrlnbvgaqlcdz@development
While discussing comment improvements (see next commit) by Justin
Pryzby, Tom complained about a few details of the logic to infer the
length of the NULL bitmap when building the JITed tuple deforming
function. That bitmap allows to avoid checking the tuple header's
natts, a check which often causes a pipeline stall
Improvements:
a) As long as missing columns aren't taken into account, we can
continue to infer the length of the NULL bitmap from NOT NULL
columns following it. Previously we stopped at the first missing
column. It's unlikely to matter much in practice, but the
alternative would have been to document why we stop.
b) For robustness reasons it seems better to also check against
attisdropped - RemoveAttributeById() sets attnotnull to false, but
an additional check is trivial.
c) Improve related comments
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20637.1555957068@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: -
The interaction of these parameters was a bit confused/confusing,
and in fact v11 entirely misses the opportunity to apply partition
constraints when a partition is accessed directly (rather than
indirectly from its parent).
In HEAD, establish the principle that enable_partition_pruning controls
partition pruning and nothing else. When accessing a partition via its
parent, we do partition pruning (if enabled by enable_partition_pruning)
and then there is no need to consider partition constraints in the
constraint_exclusion logic. When accessing a partition directly, its
partition constraints are applied by the constraint_exclusion logic,
only if constraint_exclusion = on.
In v11, we can't have such a clean division of these GUCs' effects,
partly because we don't want to break compatibility too much in a
released branch, and partly because the clean coding requires
inheritance_planner to have applied partition pruning to a partitioned
target table, which it doesn't in v11. However, we can tweak things
enough to cover the missed case, which seems like a good idea since
it's potentially a performance regression from v10. This patch keeps
v11's previous behavior in which enable_partition_pruning overrides
constraint_exclusion for an inherited target table, though.
In HEAD, also teach relation_excluded_by_constraints that it's okay to use
inheritable constraints when trying to prune a traditional inheritance
tree. This might not be thought worthy of effort given that that feature
is semi-deprecated now, but we have enough infrastructure that it only
takes a couple more lines of code to do it correctly.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9813f079-f16b-61c8-9ab7-4363cab28d80@lab.ntt.co.jp
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29069.1555970894@sss.pgh.pa.us
When reindexing individual indexes on pg_class it was possible to
either trigger an assertion failure:
TRAP: FailedAssertion("!(!ReindexIsProcessingIndex(((index)->rd_id)))
That's because reindex_index() called SetReindexProcessing() - which
enables an asserts ensuring no index insertions happen into the index
- before calling RelationSetNewRelfilenode(). That not correct for
indexes on pg_class, because RelationSetNewRelfilenode() updates the
relevant pg_class row, which needs to update the indexes.
The are two reasons this wasn't noticed earlier. Firstly the bug
doesn't trigger when reindexing all of pg_class, as reindex_relation
has code "hiding" all yet-to-be-reindexed indexes. Secondly, the bug
only triggers when the the update to pg_class doesn't turn out to be a
HOT update - otherwise there's no index insertion to trigger the
bug. Most of the time there's enough space, making this bug hard to
trigger.
To fix, move RelationSetNewRelfilenode() to before the
SetReindexProcessing() (and, together with some other code, to outside
of the PG_TRY()).
To make sure the error checking intended by SetReindexProcessing() is
more robust, modify CatalogIndexInsert() to check
ReindexIsProcessingIndex() even when the update is a HOT update.
Also add a few regression tests for REINDEXing of system catalogs.
The last two improvements would have prevented some of the issues
fixed in 5c1560606d from being introduced in the first place.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190418011430.GA19133@paquier.xyz
Backpatch: 9.4-, the bug is present in all branches
Most of these stem from d25f519107 "tableam: relation creation, VACUUM
FULL/CLUSTER, SET TABLESPACE.".
1) To pass data to the relation_set_new_filenode()
RelationSetNewRelfilenode() was made to update RelationData.rd_rel
directly. That's not OK however, as it makes the relcache entries
temporarily inconsistent. Which among other scenarios is a problem
if a REINDEX targets an index on pg_class - the
CatalogTupleUpdate() in RelationSetNewRelfilenode(). Presumably
that was introduced because other places in the code do so - while
those aren't "good practice" they don't appear to be actively
buggy (e.g. because system tables may not be targeted).
I (Andres) should have caught this while reviewing and signficantly
evolving the code in that commit, mea culpa.
Fix that by instead passing in the new RelFileNode as separate
argument to relation_set_new_filenode() and rely on the relcache to
update the catalog entry. Also revert that the
RelationMapUpdateMap() call was changed to immediate, and undo some
other more unnecessary changes.
2) Document that the relation_set_new_filenode cannot rely on the
whole relcache entry to be valid. It might be worthwhile to
refactor the code to never have to rely on that, but given the way
heap_create() is currently coded, that'd be a large change.
3) ATExecSetTableSpace() shouldn't do FlushRelationBuffers() itself. A
table AM might not use shared buffers at all. Move to
index_copy_data() and heapam_relation_copy_data().
4) heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() previously sometimes accessed
rel->rd_rel->relpersistence rather than the `persistence`
argument. Code movement mistake.
5) Previously heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() re-opened the smgr
relation to create the init for, if necesary. Instead have
RelationCreateStorage() return the SMgrRelation and use it to
create the init fork.
6) Add a note about the danger of modifying the relcache directly to
ATExecSetTableSpace() - it's currently not a bug because there's a
check ERRORing for catalog tables.
Regression tests and assertion improvements that together trigger the
bug described in 1) will be added in a later commit, as there is a
related bug on all branches.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190418011430.GA19133@paquier.xyz
Remove a comment that refers to a coding practice that was fully removed
by commit a8b8f4db, which introduced MarkBufferDirty(). It looks like
the comment was even obsolete before then, since it concerns
write-ordering dependencies with synchronous buffer writes.
This is quite unsafe, even for the case of ereport(FATAL) where we won't
return control to the interrupted code, and despite this code's use of
a flag to restrict the areas where we'd try to do it. It's possible
for example that we interrupt malloc or free while that's holding a lock
that's meant to protect against cross-thread interference. Then, any
attempt to do malloc or free within ereport() will result in a deadlock,
preventing the walreceiver process from exiting in response to SIGTERM.
We hypothesize that this explains some hard-to-reproduce failures seen
in the buildfarm.
Hence, get rid of the immediate-exit code in WalRcvShutdownHandler,
as well as the logic associated with WalRcvImmediateInterruptOK.
Instead, we need to take care that potentially-blocking operations
in the walreceiver's data transmission logic (libpqwalreceiver.c)
will respond reasonably promptly to the process's latch becoming
set and then call ProcessWalRcvInterrupts. Much of the needed code
for that was already present in libpqwalreceiver.c. I refactored
things a bit so that all the uses of PQgetResult use latch-aware
waiting, but didn't need to do much more.
These changes should be enough to ensure that libpqwalreceiver.c
will respond promptly to SIGTERM whenever it's waiting to receive
data. In principle, it could block for a long time while waiting
to send data too, and this patch does nothing to guard against that.
I think that that hazard is mostly theoretical though: such blocking
should occur only if we fill the kernel's data transmission buffers,
and we don't generally send enough data to make that happen without
waiting for input. If we find out that the hazard isn't just
theoretical, we could fix it by using PQsetnonblocking, but that
would require more ticklish changes than I care to make now.
This is a bug fix, but it seems like too big a change to push into
the back branches without much more testing than there's time for
right now. Perhaps we'll back-patch once we have more confidence
in the change.
Patch by me; thanks to Thomas Munro for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416070119.GK2673@paquier.xyz
If a temporary table with an identity column and ON COMMIT DROP is
created in a single-statement transaction (not useful, but allowed),
it would leave the catalog corrupted. We need to add a
CommandCounterIncrement() so that PreCommit_on_commit_actions() sees
the created dependency between table and sequence and can clean it
up.
The analogous and more useful case of doing this in a transaction
block already runs some CommandCounterIncrement() before it gets to
the on-commit cleanup, so it wasn't a problem in practical use.
Several locations for placing the new CommandCounterIncrement() call
were discussed. This patch places it at the end of
standard_ProcessUtility(). That would also help if other commands
were to create catalog entries that some on-commit action would like
to see.
Bug: #15631
Reported-by: Serge Latyntsev <dnsl48@gmail.com>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Be more consistent about use of XXXGetDatum macros in new jsonpath
code. This is mostly to avoid having code that looks randomly
different from everyplace else that's doing the exact same thing.
In pg_regress.c, avoid an unreferenced-function warning from
compilers that don't understand pg_attribute_unused(). Putting
the function inside the same #ifdef as its only caller is more
straightforward coding anyway.
In be-secure-openssl.c, avoid use of pg_attribute_unused() on a label.
That's pretty creative, but there's no good reason to suppose that
it's portable, and there's absolutely no need to use goto's here in the
first place. (This wasn't actually causing any buildfarm complaints,
but it's new code in v12 so it has no portability track record.)
Fix DefineIndex so that it doesn't attempt to pass down a to-be-reused
index relfilenode to a child index creation, and fix TryReuseIndex
to not think that reuse is sensible for a partitioned index.
In v11, this fixes a problem where ALTER TABLE on a partitioned table
could assign the same relfilenode to several different child indexes,
causing very nasty catalog corruption --- in fact, attempting to DROP
the partitioned table then leads not only to a database crash, but to
inability to restart because the same crash will recur during WAL replay.
Either of these two changes would be enough to prevent the failure, but
since neither action could possibly be sane, let's put in both changes
for future-proofing.
In HEAD, no such bug manifests, but that's just an accidental consequence
of having changed the pg_class representation of partitioned indexes to
have relfilenode = 0. Both of these changes still seem like smart
future-proofing.
This is only a stop-gap because the code for ALTER TABLE on a partitioned
table with a no-op type change still leaves a great deal to be desired.
As the added regression tests show, it gets things wrong for comments on
child indexes/constraints, and it is regenerating child indexes it doesn't
have to. However, fixing those problems will take more work which may not
get back-patched into v11. We need a fix for the corruption problem now.
Per bug #15672 from Jianing Yang.
Patch by me, regression test cases based on work by Amit Langote,
who also did a lot of the investigative work.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15672-b9fa7db32698269f@postgresql.org
When an existing index in a partition is attached to a new index on
its parent, we forgot to set the "relispartition" flag correctly, which
meant that it was not possible to find the index in various operations,
such as adding a foreign key constraint that references that partitioned
table. One of four places that was assigning the parent index was
forgetting to do that, so fix by shifting responsibility of updating the
flag to the routine that changes the parent.
Author: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Reported-by: Hubert "depesz" Lubaczewski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHMsRtRYRWYTWavKJ8x14AFsv7bmAV46mYwnfD3vy8goQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 3eb77eba5a renamed some functions, but forgot to
update some comments referencing to those functions.
This commit fixes those function names in the comments.
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Commit ca4103025d left a few loose ends. The most important one
(broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit
3b23552ad8, but some things remained:
* When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the
tablespace they were originally in. This didn't work because
index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck),
which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent
relation tablespace. To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty
string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate.
* Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is
confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that
tablespace regardless of default_tablespace. But in reality it does
not work, and making it work is a larger project. Therefore, throw
an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary.
Add some docs and tests, too.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
In sigusr1_handler, don't ignore PMSIGNAL_ADVANCE_STATE_MACHINE based
on pmState. The restriction is unnecessary (PostmasterStateMachine
should work in any state), not future-proof (since it makes too many
assumptions about why the signal might be sent), and broken even today
because a race condition can make it necessary to respond to the signal
in PM_WAIT_READONLY state. The race condition seems unlikely, but
if it did happen, a hot-standby postmaster could fail to shut down
after receiving a smart-shutdown request.
In MaybeStartWalReceiver, don't clear the WalReceiverRequested flag
if the fork attempt fails. Leaving it set allows us to try
again in future iterations of the postmaster idle loop. (The startup
process would eventually send a fresh request signal, but this change
may allow us to retry the fork sooner.)
Remove an obsolete comment and unnecessary test in
PostmasterStateMachine's handling of PM_SHUTDOWN_2 state. It's not
possible to have a live walreceiver in that state, and AFAICT has not
been possible since commit 5e85315ea. This isn't a live bug, but the
false comment is quite confusing to readers.
In passing, rearrange sigusr1_handler's CheckPromoteSignal tests so that
we don't uselessly perform stat() calls that we're going to ignore the
results of.
Add some comments clarifying the behavior of MaybeStartWalReceiver;
I very nearly rearranged it in a way that'd reintroduce the race
condition fixed in e5d494d78. Mea culpa for not commenting that
properly at the time.
Back-patch to all supported branches. The PMSIGNAL_ADVANCE_STATE_MACHINE
change is the only one of even minor significance, but we might as well
keep this code in sync across branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9001.1556046681@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows table AMs that don't need these horizons. This was already
documented in the tableam relation_set_new_filenode callback, but an
assert prevented if from actually working (the test AM code contained
the change itself). Defang the asserts in the general code, and move
the stronger ones into heap AM.
Relatedly, after CLUSTER/VACUUM, we'd always assign a relfrozenxid /
relminmxid. Change the table_relation_copy_for_cluster() interface to
allow the AM to overwrite the horizons that get set on the pg_class
entry. This'd also in the future allow AMs like heap to compute a
relfrozenxid during rewrite that's the table's actual minimum rather
than a pre-determined value. Arguably it'd have been better to move
the whole computation / setting of those values into the callback, but
it seems likely that for other reasons it'd be better to be able to
use one value to vacuum/cluster multiple tables (e.g. a toast's
horizon shouldn't be different than the table's).
Reported-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a7fb9cc-2419-5db7-8840-ddc10c93f122@iki.fi
cache_locale_time (extraction of LC_TIME-related info) had never been
taught the lessons we previously learned about extraction of info related
to LC_MONETARY and LC_NUMERIC. Specifically, commit 95a777c61 taught
PGLC_localeconv() that data coming out of localeconv() was in an encoding
determined by the relevant locale, but we didn't realize that there's a
similar issue with strftime(). And commit a4930e7ca hardened
PGLC_localeconv() against errors occurring partway through, but failed
to do likewise for cache_locale_time(). So, rearrange the latter
function to perform encoding conversion and not risk failure while
it's got the locales set to temporary values.
This time around I also changed PGLC_localeconv() to treat it as FATAL
if it can't restore the previous settings of the locale values. There
is no reason (except possibly OOM) for that to fail, and proceeding with
the wrong locale values seems like a seriously bad idea --- especially
on Windows where we have to also temporarily change LC_CTYPE. Also,
protect against the possibility that we can't identify the codeset
reported for LC_MONETARY or LC_NUMERIC; rather than just failing,
try to validate the data without conversion.
The user-visible symptom this fixes is that if LC_TIME is set to a locale
name that implies an encoding different from the database encoding,
non-ASCII localized day and month names would be retrieved in the wrong
encoding, leading to either unexpected encoding-conversion error reports
or wrong output from to_char(). The other possible failure modes are
unlikely enough that we've not seen reports of them, AFAIK.
The encoding conversion problems do not manifest on Windows, since
we'd already created special-case code to handle that issue there.
Per report from Juan José Santamaría Flecha. Back-patch to all
supported versions.
Juan José Santamaría Flecha and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC+AXB22So5aZm2vZe+MChYXec7gWfr-n-SK-iO091R0P_1Tew@mail.gmail.com
Commit dd299df8 made nbtree treat heap TID as a tiebreaker column,
establishing the principle that there is only one correct location (page
and page offset number) for every index tuple, no matter what.
Insertions of tuples into non-unique indexes proceed as if heap TID
(scan key's scantid) is just another user-attribute value, but
insertions into unique indexes are more delicate. The TID value in
scantid must initially be omitted to ensure that the unique index
insertion visits every leaf page that duplicates could be on. The
scantid is set once again after unique checking finishes successfully,
which can force _bt_findinsertloc() to step right one or more times, to
locate the leaf page that the new tuple must be inserted on.
Stepping right within _bt_findinsertloc() was assumed to occur no more
frequently than stepping right within _bt_check_unique(), but there was
one important case where that assumption was incorrect: inserting a
"duplicate" with NULL values. Since _bt_check_unique() didn't do any
real work in this case, it wasn't appropriate for _bt_findinsertloc() to
behave as if it was finishing off a conventional unique insertion, where
any existing physical duplicate must be dead or recently dead.
_bt_findinsertloc() might have to grovel through a substantial portion
of all of the leaf pages in the index to insert a single tuple, even
when there were no dead tuples.
To fix, treat insertions of tuples with NULLs into a unique index as if
they were insertions into a non-unique index: never unset scantid before
calling _bt_search() to descend the tree, and bypass _bt_check_unique()
entirely. _bt_check_unique() is no longer responsible for incoming
tuples with NULL values.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm08nr+JPx4jMOa9CGqxWYDQ-_D4wtPBiKghXAUiUy-nQ@mail.gmail.com
Up to now, DefineIndex() was responsible for adding attnotnull constraints
to the columns of a primary key, in any case where it hadn't been
convenient for transformIndexConstraint() to mark those columns as
is_not_null. It (or rather its minion index_check_primary_key) did this
by executing an ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL command for the target table.
The trouble with this solution is that if we're creating the index due
to ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY, and the outer ALTER TABLE has additional
sub-commands, the inner ALTER TABLE's operations executed at the wrong
time with respect to the outer ALTER TABLE's operations. In particular,
the inner ALTER would perform a validation scan at a point where the
table's storage might be inconsistent with its catalog entries. (This is
on the hairy edge of being a security problem, but AFAICS it isn't one
because the inner scan would only be interested in the tuples' null
bitmaps.) This can result in unexpected failures, such as the one seen
in bug #15580 from Allison Kaptur.
To fix, let's remove the attempt to do SET NOT NULL from DefineIndex(),
reducing index_check_primary_key's role to verifying that the columns are
already not null. (It shouldn't ever see such a case, but it seems wise
to keep the check for safety.) Instead, make transformIndexConstraint()
generate ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL subcommands to be executed ahead of
the ADD PRIMARY KEY operation in every case where it can't force the
column to be created already-not-null. This requires only minor surgery
in parse_utilcmd.c, and it makes for a much more satisfying spec for
transformIndexConstraint(): it's no longer having to take it on faith
that someone else will handle addition of NOT NULL constraints.
To make that work, we have to move the execution of AT_SetNotNull into
an ALTER pass that executes ahead of AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX. I moved it to
AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, and put that after AT_PASS_ADD_COL to avoid failure
when the column is being added in the same command. This incidentally
fixes a bug in the only previous usage of AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, for
AT_SetIdentity: it didn't work either for a newly-added column.
Playing around with this exposed a separate bug in ALTER TABLE ONLY ...
ADD PRIMARY KEY for partitioned tables. The intent of the ONLY modifier
in that context is to prevent doing anything that would require holding
lock for a long time --- but the implied SET NOT NULL would recurse to
the child partitions, and do an expensive validation scan for any child
where the column(s) were not already NOT NULL. To fix that, invent a
new ALTER subcommand AT_CheckNotNull that just insists that a child
column be already NOT NULL, and apply that, not AT_SetNotNull, when
recursing to children in this scenario. This results in a slightly laxer
definition of ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL for partitioned tables,
too: that command will now work as long as all children are already NOT
NULL, whereas before it just threw up its hands if there were any
partitions.
In passing, clean up the API of generateClonedIndexStmt(): remove a
useless argument, ensure that the output argument is not left undefined,
update the header comment.
A small side effect of this change is that no-such-column errors in ALTER
TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY now produce a different message that includes the
table name, because they are now detected by the SET NOT NULL step which
has historically worded its error that way. That seems fine to me, so
I didn't make any effort to avoid the wording change.
The basic bug #15580 is of very long standing, and these other bugs
aren't new in v12 either. However, this is a pretty significant change
in the way ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY works. On balance it seems best
not to back-patch, at least not till we get some more confidence that
this patch has no new bugs.
Patch by me, but thanks to Jie Zhang for a preliminary version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15580-d1a6de5a3d65da51@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1396E95157071C4EBBA51892C5368521017F2E6E63@G08CNEXMBPEKD02.g08.fujitsu.local
xml.c passed format = 1 to xmlNodeDump(), resulting in sometimes getting
extra whitespace (newlines + spaces) in the output. We don't really want
that, first because whitespace might be semantically significant in some
XML uses, and second because it happens only very inconsistently. Only
one case in our regression tests is affected.
This potentially affects the results of xpath() and the XMLTABLE construct,
when emitting nodeset values.
Note that the older code in contrib/xml2 doesn't do this; it seems
to have been an aboriginal bad decision in commit ea3b212fe.
While this definitely seems like a bug to me, the small number of
complaints to date argues against back-patching a behavioral change.
Hence, fix in HEAD only, at least for now.
Per report from Jean-Marc Voillequin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1EC8157EB499BF459A516ADCF135ADCE3A23A9CA@LON-WGMSX712.ad.moodys.net
This commit fixes a couple of issues related to the way password
verifiers hashed with MD5 or SCRAM-SHA-256 are detected, leading to
being able to store in catalogs passwords which do not follow the
supported hash formats:
- A MD5-hashed entry was checked based on if its header uses "md5" and
if the string length matches what is expected. Unfortunately the code
never checked if the hash only used hexadecimal characters, as reported
by Tom Lane.
- A SCRAM-hashed entry was checked based on only its header, which
should be "SCRAM-SHA-256$", but it never checked for any fields
afterwards, as reported by Jonathan Katz.
Backpatch down to v10, which is where SCRAM has been introduced, and
where password verifiers in plain format have been removed.
Author: Jonathan Katz
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/016deb6b-1f0a-8e9f-1833-a8675b170aa9@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 10
Due to parallel development, gist added the missing conflict
information in c952eae52a, while 558a9165e0 moved that computation
to the primary for the index types that already had it. Thus adapt
gist to also compute on the primary, using
index_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() instead of its own copy of the
logic.
This also adds pg_waldump support for XLOG_GIST_DELETE records, which
previously was not properly present.
Bumps WAL version.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190406050243.bszosdg4buvabfrt@alap3.anarazel.de
The formulas used to calculate size while (de)serializing mvndistinct
and functional dependencies were based on offset() of the structs. But
that is incorrect, because the structures are not copied directly, we
we copy the individual fields directly.
At the moment this works fine, because there is no alignment padding
on any platform we support. But it might break if we ever added some
fields into any of the structs, for example. It's also confusing.
Fixed by reworking the macros to directly sum sizes of serialized
fields. The macros are now useful only for serialiation, so there is
no point in keeping them in the public header file. So make them
private by moving them to the .c files.
Also adds a couple more asserts to check the serialization, and fixes
an incorrect allocation of MVDependency instead of (MVDependency *).
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29785.1555365602@sss.pgh.pa.us
For amcanreorderby scans the nodeIndexscan.c's reorder queue holds
heap tuples, but the underlying table likely does not. Before this fix
we'd return different types of slots, depending on whether the tuple
came from the reorder queue, or from the index + table.
While that could be fixed by signalling that the node doesn't return a
fixed type of slot, it seems better to instead remove the separate
slot for the reorder queue, and use ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() to store
tuples from the queue. It's not particularly common to need
reordering, after all.
This reverts most of the iss_ReorderQueueSlot related changes to
nodeIndexscan.c made in 1a0586de36, except that now
ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() is used instead of ExecStoreHeapTuple().
Noticed when testing zheap against the in-core version of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
As reported by Tom, when ExecStoreMinimalTuple() had to perform a
conversion to store the minimal tuple in the slot, it forgot to
respect the shouldFree flag, and leaked the tuple into the current
memory context if true. Fix that by freeing the tuple in that case.
Looking at the relevant code made me (Andres) realize that not having
the shouldFree parameter to ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() was a bad
idea. Some callers had to locally implement the necessary logic, and
in one case it was missing, creating a potential per-group leak in
non-hashed aggregation.
The choice to not free the tuple in ExecComputeStoredGenerated() is
not pretty, but not introduced by this commit - I'll start a separate
discussion about it.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/366.1555382816@sss.pgh.pa.us
HoldPinnedPortals() did things in the wrong order: it must not mark
a portal autoHeld until it's been successfully held. Otherwise,
a failure while persisting the portal results in a server crash
because we think the portal is in a good state when it's not.
Also add a check that portal->status is READY before attempting to
hold a pinned portal. We have such a check before the only other
use of HoldPortal(), so it seems unwise not to check it here.
Lastly, rethink the responsibility for where to call HoldPinnedPortals.
The comment for it imagined that it was optional for any individual PL
to call it or not, but that cannot be the case: if some outer level of
procedure has a pinned portal, failing to persist it when an inner
procedure commits is going to be trouble. Let's have SPI do it instead
of the individual PLs. That's not a complete solution, since in theory
a PL might not be using SPI to perform commit/rollback, but such a PL
is going to have to be aware of lots of related requirements anyway.
(This change doesn't cause an API break for any external PLs that might
be calling HoldPinnedPortals per the old regime, because calling it
twice during a commit or rollback sequence won't hurt.)
Per bug #15703 from Julian Schauder. Back-patch to v11 where this code
came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15703-c12c5bc0ea34ba26@postgresql.org
When such a trigger returns the old row version, it naturally get
stored in the slot for the trigger result. When a table AMs doesn't
store HeapTuples internally, ExecBRUpdateTriggers() frees the old row
version passed to triggers - but before this fix it might still be
referenced by the slot holding the new tuple.
Noticed when running the out-of-core zheap AM against the in-core
version of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
If a FOR ALL TABLES publication exists, temporary and unlogged tables
are ignored for publishing changes. But CheckCmdReplicaIdentity()
would still check in that case that such a table has a replica
identity set before accepting updates. To fix, have
GetRelationPublicationActions() return that such a table publishes no
actions.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/f3f151f7-c4dd-1646-b998-f60bd6217dd3@2ndquadrant.com
Previously, include actions include_dir, include_if_exists, and include
listed commented-out values which were not the defaults, which is
inconsistent with other entries. Instead, replace them with '', which
is the default value.
Reported-by: Emanuel Araújo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMuTAkYMx6Q27wpELDR3_v9aG443y7ZjeXu15_+1nGUjhMWOJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
I noted that some buildfarm members were complaining about %ld being
used to format values that are (probably) declared size_t. Use %zu
instead, and insert a cast just in case some versions of the GSSAPI
API declare the length field differently. While at it, clean up
gratuitous differences in wording of equivalent messages, show
the complained-of length in all relevant messages not just some,
include trailing newline where needed, adjust random deviations
from project-standard code layout and message style, etc.
Returning 0 could falsely indicate that there is no problem. NULL
correctly indicates that there is no information about potential
problems.
Also return 0 as numbackends instead of NULL for shared objects (as no
connection can be made to a shared object only).
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Treat <rob@xzilla.net>
When saving a replication slot, failing to close the temporary path used
to save the slot information is considered as a failure and reported as
such. However the code forgot to leave immediately as other failure
paths do.
Noticed while looking up at this area of the code for another patch.
Transient files and wait events get normally cleaned up when seeing an
exception (be it in the context of a transaction for a backend or
another process like the checkpointer), hence there is little point in
complicating error code paths to do this work. This shaves a bit of
code, and removes some extra handling with errno which needed to be
preserved during the cleanup steps done.
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDhHYVq5KkXfkaHhmjA-zJYj-e4teiRAJefvXuKJz1tKQ@mail.gmail.com
Per discussion with others, allowing REINDEX INDEX CONCURRENTLY to work
for invalid indexes when working directly on them can have a lot of
value to unlock situations with invalid indexes without having to use a
dance involving DROP INDEX followed by an extra CREATE INDEX
CONCURRENTLY (which would not work for indexes with constraint
dependency anyway). This also does not create extra bloat on the
relation involved as this works on individual indexes, so let's enable
it.
Note that REINDEX TABLE CONCURRENTLY still bypasses invalid indexes as
we don't want to bloat the number of indexes defined on a relation in
the event of multiple and successive failures of REINDEX CONCURRENTLY.
More regression tests are added to cover those behaviors, using an
invalid index created with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.
Reported-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Álvaro Herrera
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190411134947.GA22043@alvherre.pgsql
The memcpy() was copying type OIDs in the wrong direction, so the
deserialized MCV list always had them as 0. This is mostly harmless
except when printing the data in pg_mcv_list_items(), in which case
it reported
ERROR: cache lookup failed for type 0
Also added a simple regression test for pg_mcv_list_items() function,
printing a single-item MCV list.
Reported-By: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCX6T0iDTTZrqyec4Cd6b4yuL7euu4=rQRXaVBAVrUi1Cg@mail.gmail.com
Commit 3f2393edef changed ExecCleanupTupleRouting() so that it skipped
cleaning up subplan resultrels before calling EndForeignInsert(), but
that would cause an issue: when those resultrels were foreign tables,
the FDWs would fail to shut down. Repair by skipping it after calling
EndForeignInsert() as before.
Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-by: David Rowley and Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5CAF3B8F.2090905@lab.ntt.co.jp
Since Postgres 10, SHOW commands can be triggered with replication
connections in a WAL sender context, however it missed that a
transaction context is needed for syscache lookups. This commit makes
sure that the syscache lookups can happen correctly by setting a
transaction context when running SHOW commands in a WAL sender.
Superuser-only parameters can be displayed using SHOW commands not only
to superusers, but also to members of system role pg_read_all_settings,
which requires a syscache lookup to check if the connected role is a
member of this system role or not, or the instance crashes. Superusers
do not need to check the syscache so it worked correctly in this case.
New tests are added to cover this issue.
Reported-by: Alexander Kukushkin
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15734-2daa8761eeed8e20@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 10
The original coding of generate_partition_qual() just copied the list
of predicate expressions into the global CacheMemoryContext, making it
effectively impossible to clean up when the owning relcache entry is
destroyed --- the relevant code in RelationDestroyRelation() only managed
to free the topmost List header :-(. This resulted in a session-lifespan
memory leak whenever a table partition's relcache entry is rebuilt.
Fortunately, that's not normally a large data structure, and rebuilds
shouldn't occur all that often in production situations; but this is
still a bug worth fixing back to v10 where the code was introduced.
To fix, put the cached expression tree into its own small memory context,
as we do with other complicated substructures of relcache entries.
Also, deal more honestly with the case that a partition has an empty
partcheck list; while that probably isn't a case that's very interesting
for production use, it's legal.
In passing, clarify comments about how partitioning-related relcache
data structures are managed, and add some Asserts that we're not leaking
old copies when we overwrite these data fields.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7961.1552498252@sss.pgh.pa.us
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process. When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks. Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios. This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start". A postmaster
will no longer stop if shmat() of an old segment fails with EACCES. A
postmaster will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data
directories. That's good for production, but it's bad for integration
tests that crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory.
Such a test now leaks a segment indefinitely. No "make check-world"
test does that. win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems. In
9.6 and later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing. Back-patch
to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190408064141.GA2016666@rfd.leadboat.com
This adds a row to the pg_stat_database view with datoid 0 and datname
NULL for those objects that are not in a database. This was added
particularly for checksums, but we were already tracking more satistics
for these objects, just not returning it.
Also add a checksum_last_failure column that holds the timestamptz of
the last checksum failure that occurred in a database (or in a
non-dataabase file), if any.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
In case of a partition index, when swapping the old and new index, we
also need to attach the new index as a partition and detach the old
one. Also, to handle partition indexes, we not only need to change
dependencies referencing the index, but also dependencies of the index
referencing something else. The previous code did this only
specifically for a constraint, but we also need to do this for
partitioned indexes. So instead write a generic function that does it
for all dependencies.
Author: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/DF4PR8401MB11964EDB77C860078C343BEBEE5A0%40DF4PR8401MB1196.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM#154df1fedb735190a773481765f7b874
Commit ad308058 switched to returning a FullTransactionId, but
failed to load the potentially updated value in the case where
xidVacLimit is reached and we release and reacquire the lock.
Repair, closing bug #15727.
While reviewing that commit, also fix the size computation used
by EstimateTransactionStateSize() and switch to the mul_size()
macro traditionally used in such expressions.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Roman Zharkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15727-0be246e7d852d229%40postgresql.org
Such calls can confuse the reader as strcmp() uses an integer as result.
The places patched here have been spotted by Thomas Munro, David Rowley
and myself.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190411021946.GG2728@paquier.xyz
transaction.
The transaction that is initiated by the parallel worker to cooperate
with the actual transaction started by the main backend to complete the
query execution should not be counted as a separate transaction. The
other internal transactions started and committed by the parallel worker
are still counted as separate transactions as we that is what we do in
other places like autovacuum.
This will partially fix the bloat in transaction stats due to additional
transactions performed by parallel workers. For a complete fix, we need to
decide how we want to show all the transactions that are started internally
for various operations and that is a matter of separate patch.
Reported-by: Haribabu Kommi
Author: Haribabu Kommi
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Jamison Kirk and Rahila Syed
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGc9=jKXuScvNyQ+VNhO0FZk7LLAShAJRyZjnedd2D61EQ@mail.gmail.com
This has to be prevented because inlining would result in multiple
self-references, which we don't support (and in fact that's disallowed
by the SQL spec, see statements about linearly vs. nonlinearly
recursive queries). Bug fix for commit 608b167f9.
Per report from Yaroslav Schekin (via Andrew Gierth)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87wolmg60q.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
We've long had reports of intermittent "could not reattach to shared
memory" errors on Windows. Buildfarm member dory fails that way when
PGSharedMemoryReAttach() execution overlaps with creation of a thread
for the process's "default thread pool". Fix that by providing a second
region to receive asynchronous allocations that would otherwise intrude
into UsedShmemSegAddr. In pgwin32_ReserveSharedMemoryRegion(), stop
trying to free reservations landing at incorrect addresses; the caller's
next step has been to terminate the affected process. Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane. He also did much of the prerequisite research;
see commit bcbf2346d6.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190402135442.GA1173872@rfd.leadboat.com
join_is_legal() needs to reject forming certain outer joins in cases
where that would lead the planner down a blind alley. However, it
mistakenly supposed that the way to handle full joins was to treat them
as applying the same constraints as for left joins, only to both sides.
That doesn't work, as shown in bug #15741 from Anthony Skorski: given
a lateral reference out of a join that's fully enclosed by a full join,
the code would fail to believe that any join ordering is legal, resulting
in errors like "failed to build any N-way joins".
However, we don't really need to consider full joins at all for this
purpose, because we effectively force them to be evaluated in syntactic
order, and that order is always legal for lateral references. Hence,
get rid of this broken logic for full joins and just ignore them instead.
This seems to have been an oversight in commit 7e19db0c0.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as that was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15741-276f1f464b3f40eb@postgresql.org
vacuum_truncate controls whether vacuum tries to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table. Previously vacuum always
tried to do the truncation. However, the truncation could cause
some problems; for example, ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock needs to
be taken on the table during the truncation and can cause
the query cancellation on the standby even if hot_standby_feedback
is true. Setting this reloption to false can be helpful to avoid
such problems.
Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Kirk Jamison and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwE5UqFqSq1=kV3QtTUtXphTdyHA-8rAj4A=Y+e4kyp3BQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit fixes three, unfortunately related, issues:
1) Since 5db6df0c01, the introduction of DML via tableam, it was
possible to trigger "ERROR: unexpected table_lock_tuple status: 1"
when updating a row that was previously updated in the same
transaction - but only when the previously updated row was before
updated in a concurrent transaction (and READ COMMITTED was
used). The reason for that was that that case simply wasn't
expected. Fixing that lead to:
2) Even before the above commit, there were error checks (introduced
in 6868ed7491) preventing a row being updated by different
commands within the same statement (say in a function called by an
UPDATE) - but that check wasn't performed when the row was first
updated in a concurrent transaction - instead the second update was
silently skipped in that case. After this change we throw the same
error as we'd without the concurrent transaction.
3) The error messages (introduced in 6868ed7491) preventing such
updates emitted the same error message for both DELETE and
UPDATE ("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation
triggered by the current command"). While that could be changed
separately, it made it hard to write tests that verify the correct
correct behavior of the code.
This commit changes heap's implementation of table_lock_tuple() to
return TM_SelfModified instead of TM_Invisible (previously loosely
modeled after EvalPlanQualFetch), and teaches nodeModifyTable.c to
handle that in response to table_lock_tuple() and not just in response
to table_(delete|update).
Additionally it fixes the wrong error message (see 3 above). The
comment for table_lock_tuple() is also adjusted to state that
TM_Deleted won't return information in TM_FailureData - it'll not
always be available.
This also adds tests to ensure that DELETE/UPDATE correctly error out
when affecting a row that concurrently was modified by another
transaction.
Author: Andres Freund
Reported-By: Tom Lane, when investigating a bug bug fix to another bug
by Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19321.1554567786@sss.pgh.pa.us
pg_get_indexdef_worker carelessly fetched indoption entries even for
non-key index columns that don't have one. 99.999% of the time this
would be harmless, since the code wouldn't examine the value ... but
some fine day this will be a fetch off the end of memory, resulting
in SIGSEGV.
Detected through valgrind testing. Odd that the buildfarm's valgrind
critters haven't noticed.
Before those commits, partitioning-related code in the executor could
assume that ModifyTableState.resultRelInfo[] contains only leaf partitions.
However, now a fully-pruned update results in a dummy ModifyTable that
references the root partitioned table, and that breaks some stuff.
In v11, this led to an assertion or core dump in the tuple routing code.
Fix by disabling tuple routing, since we don't need that anyway.
(I chose to do that in HEAD as well for safety, even though the problem
doesn't manifest in HEAD as it stands.)
In v10, this confused ExecInitModifyTable's decision about whether it
needed to close the root table. But we can get rid of that altogether
by being smarter about where to find the root table.
Note that since the referenced commits haven't shipped yet, this
isn't fixing any bug the field has seen.
Amit Langote, per a report from me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20710.1554582479@sss.pgh.pa.us
This uses the same infrastructure that the CREATE INDEX progress
reporting uses. Add a column to pg_stat_progress_create_index to
report the OID of the index being worked on. This was not necessary
for CREATE INDEX, but it's useful for REINDEX.
Also edit the phase descriptions a bit to be more consistent with the
source code comments.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ef6a6757-c36a-9e81-123f-13b19e36b7d7%402ndquadrant.com
The foreign-key-checking loop in ATRewriteTables failed to ignore
relations without storage (e.g., partitioned tables), unlike the
initial loop. This accidentally worked as long as RI_Initial_Check
succeeded, which it does in most practical cases (including all the
ones exercised in the existing regression tests :-(). However, if
that failed, as for instance when there are permissions issues,
then we entered the slow fire-the-trigger-on-each-tuple path.
And that would try to read from the referencing relation, and fail
if it lacks storage.
A second problem, recently introduced in HEAD, was that this loop
had been broken by sloppy refactoring for the tableam API changes.
Repair both issues, and add a regression test case so we have some
coverage on this code path. Back-patch as needed to v11.
(It looks like this code could do with additional bulletproofing,
but let's get a working test case in place first.)
Hadi Moshayedi, Tom Lane, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAK=1=WrnNmBbe5D9sm3t0a6dnAq3cdbF1vXY816j1wsMqzC8bw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19030.1554574075@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190325180405.jytoehuzkeozggxx%40alap3.anarazel.de
Similarly to the set of parameters for keepalive, a connection parameter
for libpq is added as well as a backend GUC, called tcp_user_timeout.
Increasing the TCP user timeout is useful to allow a connection to
survive extended periods without end-to-end connection, and decreasing
it allows application to fail faster. By default, the parameter is 0,
which makes the connection use the system default, and follows a logic
close to the keepalive parameters in its handling. When connecting
through a Unix-socket domain, the parameters have no effect.
Author: Ryohei Nagaura
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Kirk
Jamison, Mikalai Keida, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Andrei Yahorau
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EDA4195584F5064680D8130B1CA91C45367328@G01JPEXMBYT04
If we need ordered output from a scan of a partitioned table, but
the ordering matches the partition ordering, then we don't need to
use a MergeAppend to combine the pre-ordered per-partition scan
results: a plain Append will produce the same results. This
both saves useless comparison work inside the MergeAppend proper,
and allows us to start returning tuples after istarting up just
the first child node not all of them.
However, all is not peaches and cream, because if some of the
child nodes have high startup costs then there will be big
discontinuities in the tuples-returned-versus-elapsed-time curve.
The planner's cost model cannot handle that (yet, anyway).
If we model the Append's startup cost as being just the first
child's startup cost, we may drastically underestimate the cost
of fetching slightly more tuples than are available from the first
child. Since we've had bad experiences with over-optimistic choices
of "fast start" plans for ORDER BY LIMIT queries, that seems scary.
As a klugy workaround, set the startup cost estimate for an ordered
Append to be the sum of its children's startup costs (as MergeAppend
would). This doesn't really describe reality, but it's less likely
to cause a bad plan choice than an underestimated startup cost would.
In practice, the cases where we really care about this optimization
will have child plans that are IndexScans with zero startup cost,
so that the overly conservative estimate is still just zero.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-hAqhPLRk_RaSFTgYxd=Tz5hA7kQ2h4-DhJufQk8TGuw@mail.gmail.com
This allows the user to create duplicates of existing replication slots,
either logical or physical, and even changing properties such as whether
they are temporary or the output plugin used.
There are multiple uses for this, such as initializing multiple replicas
using the slot for one base backup; when doing investigation of logical
replication issues; and to select a different output plugins.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Petr Jelinek
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAm7XX8y_tOPP6j4Nzzch12FvA1wPqiO690RCk+uYVstg@mail.gmail.com
Rewrite get_attgenerated() to avoid compiler warning if the compiler
does not recognize that elog(ERROR) does not return.
Reported-by: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
Commit 3eb77eba moved a _mdfd_getseg() call from mdsync() into a new
callback function mdsyncfiletag(), but didn't get the arguments quite
right. Without the EXTENSION_DONT_CHECK_SIZE flag we fail to open a
segment if lower-numbered segments have been truncated, and it wants
a block number rather than a segment number.
While comparing with the older coding, also remove an unnecessary
clobbering of errno, and adjust the code in mdunlinkfiletag() to
ressemble the original code from mdpostckpt() more closely instead
of using an unnecessary call to smgropen().
Author: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGL%2BYLUOA0eYiBXBfwW%2BbH5kFgh94%3DgQH0jHEJ-t5Y91wQ%40mail.gmail.com
Previously it was allowed to set default_table_access_method to an
empty string. That makes sense for default_tablespace, where that was
copied from, as it signals falling back to the database's default
tablespace. As there is no equivalent for table AMs, forbid that.
Also make sure to throw a usable error when creating a table using an
index AM, by using get_am_type_oid() to implement get_table_am_oid()
instead of a separate copy. Previously we'd error out only later, in
GetTableAmRoutine().
Thirdly remove GetTableAmRoutineByAmId() - it was only used in an
earlier version of 8586bf7ed8.
Add tests for the above (some for index AMs as well).
This adds table_multi_insert(), and converts COPY FROM, the only user
of heap_multi_insert, to it.
A simple conversion of COPY FROM use slots would have yielded a
slowdown when inserting into a partitioned table for some
workloads. Different partitions might need different slots (both slot
types and their descriptors), and dropping / creating slots when
there's constant partition changes is measurable.
Thus instead revamp the COPY FROM buffering for partitioned tables to
allow to buffer inserts into multiple tables, flushing only when
limits are reached across all partition buffers. By only dropping
slots when there've been inserts into too many different partitions,
the aforementioned overhead is gone. By allowing larger batches, even
when there are frequent partition changes, we actuall speed such cases
up significantly.
By using slots COPY of very narrow rows into unlogged / temporary
might slow down very slightly (due to the indirect function calls).
Author: David Rowley, Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190327054923.t3epfuewxfqdt22e@alap3.anarazel.de
The assertions added by commit b04aeb0a0 exposed that there are some
code paths wherein the executor will try to open an index without
holding any lock on it. We do have some lock on the index's table,
so it seems likely that there's no fatal problem with this (for
instance, the index couldn't get dropped from under us). Still,
it's bad practice and we should fix it.
To do so, remove the optimizations in ExecInitIndexScan and friends
that tried to avoid taking a lock on an index belonging to a target
relation, and just take the lock always. In non-bug cases, this
will result in no additional shared-memory access, since we'll find
in the local lock table that we already have a lock of the desired
type; hence, no significant performance degradation should occur.
Also, adjust the planner and executor so that the type of lock taken
on an index is always identical to the type of lock taken for its table,
by relying on the recently added RangeTblEntry.rellockmode field.
This avoids some corner cases where that might not have been true
before (possibly resulting in extra locking overhead), and prevents
future maintenance issues from having multiple bits of logic that
all needed to be in sync. In addition, this change removes all core
calls to ExecRelationIsTargetRelation, which avoids a possible O(N^2)
startup penalty for queries with large numbers of target relations.
(We'd probably remove that function altogether, were it not that we
advertise it as something that FDWs might want to use.)
Also adjust some places in selfuncs.c to not take any lock on indexes
they are transiently opening, since we can assume that plancat.c
did that already.
In passing, change gin_clean_pending_list() to take RowExclusiveLock
not AccessShareLock on its target index. Although it's not clear that
that's actually a bug, it seemed very strange for a function that's
explicitly going to modify the index to use only AccessShareLock.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Amit Langote,
a bit of further tweaking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19465.1541636036@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit adds a new reloption, vacuum_index_cleanup, which
controls whether index cleanup is performed for a particular
relation by default. It also adds a new option to the VACUUM
command, INDEX_CLEANUP, which can be used to override the
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.
Masahiko Sawada, reviewed and tested by Nathan Bossart, Alvaro
Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Darafei Praliaskouski, and me.
The wording of the documentation is mostly due to me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAt5R3DNUZSjOoXDUY=naYPUOuffVsRzuTYMz29yLzQCA@mail.gmail.com
_bt_check_unique() failed to invalidate binary search bounds in the
event of a live conflict following commit e5adcb78. This resulted in
problems after waiting for the conflicting xact to commit or abort. The
subsequent call to _bt_check_unique() would restore the initial binary
search bounds, rather than starting a new search. Fix by explicitly
invalidating bounds when it becomes clear that there is a live conflict
that insertion will have to wait to resolve.
Ashutosh Sharma, with a few additional tweaks by me.
Author: Ashutosh Sharma
Reported-By: Ashutosh Sharma
Diagnosed-By: Ashutosh Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0PnQp-qr-UYKMSCzdC2FBzdE4wKP41hZrZvvP26dKLonLg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, md.c and checkpointer.c were tightly integrated so that
fsync calls could be handed off and processed in the background.
Introduce a system of callbacks and file tags, so that other modules
can hand off fsync work in the same way.
For now only md.c uses the new interface, but other users are being
proposed. Since there may be use cases that are not strictly SMGR
implementations, use a new function table for sync handlers rather
than extending the traditional SMGR one.
Instead of using a bitmapset of segment numbers for each RelFileNode
in the checkpointer's hash table, make the segment number part of the
key. This requires sending explicit "forget" requests for every
segment individually when relations are dropped, but suits the file
layout schemes of proposed future users better (ie sparse or high
segment numbers).
Author: Shawn Debnath and Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2gTANm=e3ARnJT=n0h8hf88wqmaZxk0JYkxw+b21fNrw@mail.gmail.com
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process. When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks. Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios. This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start". A postmaster
will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data directories.
That's good for production, but it's bad for integration tests that
crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory. Such a
test now leaks a segment indefinitely. No "make check-world" test does
that. win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems. In 9.6 and
later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing. Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).
Reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20130911033341.GD225735@tornado.leadboat.com
Query planning is affected by a number of configuration options, and it
may be crucial to know which of those options were set to non-default
values. With this patch you can say EXPLAIN (SETTINGS ON) to include
that information in the query plan. Only options affecting planning,
with values different from the built-in default are printed.
This patch also adds auto_explain.log_settings option, providing the
same capability in auto_explain module.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e1791b4c-df9c-be02-edc5-7c8874944be0@2ndquadrant.com
This is useful to obtain a view of the different transaction types in an
application, regardless of the durations of the statements each runs.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Hayato Kuroda, Andres Freund
Commit ea4e1c0e8f resolved issues with memory alignment in serialized
pg_mcv_list values, but it required copying data to/from the varlena
buffer during serialization and deserialization. As the MCV lits may
be fairly large, the overhead (memory consumption, CPU usage) can get
rather significant too.
This change tweaks the serialization format so that the alignment is
correct with respect to the varlena value, and so the parts may be
accessed directly without copying the data.
Catversion bump, as it affects existing pg_statistic_ext data.
On both the frontend and backend, prepare for GSSAPI encryption
support by moving common code for error handling into a separate file.
Fix a TODO for handling multiple status messages in the process.
Eliminate the OIDs, which have not been needed for some time.
Add frontend and backend encryption support functions. Keep the
context initiation for authentication-only separate on both the
frontend and backend in order to avoid concerns about changing the
requested flags to include encryption support.
In postmaster, pull GSSAPI authorization checking into a shared
function. Also share the initiator name between the encryption and
non-encryption codepaths.
For HBA, add "hostgssenc" and "hostnogssenc" entries that behave
similarly to their SSL counterparts. "hostgssenc" requires either
"gss", "trust", or "reject" for its authentication.
Similarly, add a "gssencmode" parameter to libpq. Supported values are
"disable", "require", and "prefer". Notably, negotiation will only be
attempted if credentials can be acquired. Move credential acquisition
into its own function to support this behavior.
Add a simple pg_stat_gssapi view similar to pg_stat_ssl, for monitoring
if GSSAPI authentication was used, what principal was used, and if
encryption is being used on the connection.
Finally, add documentation for everything new, and update existing
documentation on connection security.
Thanks to Michael Paquier for the Windows fixes.
Author: Robbie Harwood, with changes to the read/write functions by me.
Reviewed in various forms and at different times by: Michael Paquier,
Andres Freund, David Steele.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/jlg1tgq1ktm.fsf@thriss.redhat.com
Previously, while primary keys could be made on partitioned tables, it
was not possible to define foreign keys that reference those primary
keys. Now it is possible to do that.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181102234158.735b3fevta63msbj@alvherre.pgsql
Instead of WAL-logging every modification during the build separately,
first build the index without any WAL-logging, and make a separate pass
through the index at the end, to write all pages to the WAL. This
significantly reduces the amount of WAL generated, and is usually also
faster, despite the extra I/O needed for the extra scan through the index.
WAL generated this way is also faster to replay.
For GiST, the LSN-NSN interlock makes this a little tricky. All pages must
be marked with a valid (i.e. non-zero) LSN, so that the parent-child
LSN-NSN interlock works correctly. We now use magic value 1 for that during
index build. Change the fake LSN counter to begin from 1000, so that 1 is
safely smaller than any real or fake LSN. 2 would've been enough for our
purposes, but let's reserve a bigger range, in case we need more special
values in the future.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Andrey V. Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Dmitry Dolgov
Valgrind was rightly complaining that IndexVacuumInfo->report_progress
(added by commit ab0dfc961b) was not being initialized in some code
paths. Repair.
Per buildfarm member lousyjack.
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for CREATE INDEX and CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.
There are two pieces to this: one is index-AM-agnostic, and the other is
AM-specific. The latter is fairly elaborate for btrees, including
reportage for parallel index builds and the separate phases that btree
index creation uses; other index AMs, which are much simpler in their
building procedures, have simplistic reporting only, but that seems
sufficient, at least for non-concurrent builds.
The index-AM-agnostic part is fairly complete, providing insight into
the CONCURRENTLY wait phases as well as block-based progress during the
index validation table scan. (The index validation index scan requires
patching each AM, which has not been included here.)
Reviewers: Rahila Syed, Pavan Deolasee, Tatsuro Yamada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181220220022.mg63bhk26zdpvmcj@alvherre.pgsql
When asked for a slice of a TOAST entry, decompress enough to return the
slice instead of decompressing the entire object.
For use cases where the slice is at, or near, the beginning of the entry,
this avoids a lot of unnecessary decompression work.
This changes the signature of pglz_decompress() by adding a boolean to
indicate if it's ok for the call to finish before consuming all of the
source or destination buffers.
Author: Paul Ramsey
Reviewed-By: Rafia Sabih, Darafei Praliaskouski, Regina Obe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACowWR07EDm7Y4m2kbhN_jnys%3DBBf9A6768RyQdKm_%3DNpkcaWg%40mail.gmail.com
The upper-planner pathification allows FDWs to arrange to push down
different types of upper-stage operations to the remote side. This
commit teaches postgres_fdw to do it for the (FINAL, NULL) upperrel,
which is responsible for doing LockRows, LIMIT, and/or ModifyTable.
This provides the ability for postgres_fdw to handle SELECT commands
so that it 1) skips the LockRows step (if any) (note that this is
safe since it performs early locking) and 2) pushes down the LIMIT
and/or OFFSET restrictions (if any) to the remote side. This doesn't
handle the INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE cases.
Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska and Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnz1aby9.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
When accessing a table with RLS via a view, the RLS checks are
performed as the view owner. However, the code neglected to propagate
that to any subqueries in the RLS checks. Fix that by calling
setRuleCheckAsUser() for all RLS policy quals and withCheckOption
checks for RTEs with RLS.
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was added.
Per bug #15708 from daurnimator.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15708-d65cab2ce9b1717a@postgresql.org
On at least ZFS, it can be beneficial to create new WAL files every
time and not to bother zero-filling them. Since it's not clear which
other filesystems might benefit from one or both of those things,
add individual GUCs to control those two behaviors independently and
make only very general statements in the docs.
Author: Jerry Jelinek, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Robert Haas and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPQ5Fo00QR7LNAcd1ZjgoBi4y97%2BK760YABs0vQHH5dLdkkMA%40mail.gmail.com
This replaces the previous calls of heap_sync() in places using
bulk-insert. By passing in the flags used for bulk-insert the AM can
decide (first at insert time and then during the finish call) which of
the optimizations apply to it, and what operations are necessary to
finish a bulk insert operation.
Also change HEAP_INSERT_* flags to TABLE_INSERT, and rename hi_options
to ti_options.
These changes are made even in copy.c, which hasn't yet been converted
to tableam. There's no harm in doing so.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This unifies the various ad hoc logging (message printing, error
printing) systems used throughout the command-line programs.
Features:
- Program name is automatically prefixed.
- Message string does not end with newline. This removes a common
source of inconsistencies and omissions.
- Additionally, a final newline is automatically stripped, simplifying
use of PQerrorMessage() etc., another common source of mistakes.
- I converted error message strings to use %m where possible.
- As a result of the above several points, more translatable message
strings can be shared between different components and between
frontends and backend, without gratuitous punctuation or whitespace
differences.
- There is support for setting a "log level". This is not meant to be
user-facing, but can be used internally to implement debug or
verbose modes.
- Lazy argument evaluation, so no significant overhead if logging at
some level is disabled.
- Some color in the messages, similar to gcc and clang. Set
PG_COLOR=auto to try it out. Some colors are predefined, but can be
customized by setting PG_COLORS.
- Common files (common/, fe_utils/, etc.) can handle logging much more
simply by just using one API without worrying too much about the
context of the calling program, requiring callbacks, or having to
pass "progname" around everywhere.
- Some programs called setvbuf() to make sure that stderr is
unbuffered, even on Windows. But not all programs did that. This
is now done centrally.
Soft goals:
- Reduces vertical space use and visual complexity of error reporting
in the source code.
- Encourages more deliberate classification of messages. For example,
in some cases it wasn't clear without analyzing the surrounding code
whether a message was meant as an error or just an info.
- Concepts and terms are vaguely aligned with popular logging
frameworks such as log4j and Python logging.
This is all just about printing stuff out. Nothing affects program
flow (e.g., fatal exits). The uses are just too varied to do that.
Some existing code had wrappers that do some kind of print-and-exit,
and I adapted those.
I tried to keep the output mostly the same, but there is a lot of
historical baggage to unwind and special cases to consider, and I
might not always have succeeded. One significant change is that
pg_rewind used to write all error messages to stdout. That is now
changed to stderr.
Reviewed-by: Donald Dong <xdong@csumb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6a609b43-4f57-7348-6480-bd022f924310@2ndquadrant.com
jsonb_path_match() checks if jsonb document matches jsonpath query. Therefore,
jsonpath query should return single boolean. Currently, if result of jsonpath
is not a single boolean, NULL is returned independently whether silent mode
is on or off. But that appears to be wrong when silent mode is off. This
commit makes jsonb_path_match() throw an error in this case.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Jsonpath now accepts integers with leading zeroes and floats starting with
a dot. However, SQL standard requires to follow JSON specification, which
doesn't allow none of these cases. Our json[b] datatypes also restrict that.
So, restrict it in jsonpath altogether.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
This commit makes existing GIN operator classes jsonb_ops and json_path_ops
support "jsonb @@ jsonpath" and "jsonb @? jsonpath" operators. Basic idea is
to extract statements of following form out of jsonpath.
key1.key2. ... .keyN = const
The rest of jsonpath is rechecked from heap.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Katz, Pavel Stehule
The syntax
GENERATED BY DEFAULT AS (expr)
is not allowed but we have to accept it in the grammar to avoid
shift/reduce conflicts because of the similar syntax for identity
columns. The existing code just ignored this, incorrectly. Add an
explicit error check and a bespoke error message.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
One should almost always terminate an old process, not use a manual
removal tool like ipcrm. Removal of the ipcclean script eleven years
ago (39627b1ae6) and its non-replacement
corroborate that manual shm removal is now a niche goal. Back-patch to
9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180812064815.GB2301738@rfd.leadboat.com
This moves bitmap heap scan support to below an optional tableam
callback. It's optional as the whole concept of bitmap heapscans is
fairly block specific.
This basically moves the work previously done in bitgetpage() into the
new scan_bitmap_next_block callback, and the direct poking into the
buffer done in BitmapHeapNext() into the new scan_bitmap_next_tuple()
callback.
The abstraction is currently somewhat leaky because
nodeBitmapHeapscan.c's prefetching and visibilitymap based logic
remains - it's likely that we'll later have to move more into the
AM. But it's not trivial to do so without introducing a significant
amount of code duplication between the AMs, so that's a project for
later.
Note that now nodeBitmapHeapscan.c and the associated node types are a
bit misnamed. But it's not clear whether renaming wouldn't be a cure
worse than the disease. Either way, that'd be best done in a separate
commit.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas (in an older version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This moves sample scan support to below tableam. It's not optional as
there is, in contrast to e.g. bitmap heap scans, no alternative way to
perform tablesample queries. If an AM can't deal with the block based
API, it will have to throw an ERROR.
The tableam callbacks for this are block based, but given the current
TsmRoutine interface, that seems to be required.
The new interface doesn't require TsmRoutines to perform visibility
checks anymore - that requires the TsmRoutine to know details about
the AM, which we want to avoid. To continue to allow taking the
returned number of tuples account SampleScanState now has a donetuples
field (which previously e.g. existed in SystemRowsSamplerData), which
is only incremented after the visibility check succeeds.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 29b64d1d mishandled skipping over truncated high key attributes
during row comparisons. The row comparison key matching loop would loop
forever when a truncated attribute was encountered for a row compare
subkey. Fix by following the example of other code in the loop: advance
the current subkey, or break out of the loop when the last subkey is
reached.
Add test coverage for the relevant _bt_check_rowcompare() code path.
The new test case is somewhat tied to nbtree implementation details,
which isn't ideal, but seems unavoidable.
We can set this up once and for all in subquery_planner's initial survey
of the flattened rangetable, rather than incrementally adjusting it in
build_simple_rel. The previous approach made it rather hard to reason
about exactly when the value would be available, and we were definitely
using it in some places before the final value was computed.
Noted while fooling around with Amit Langote's patch to delay creation
of inheritance child rels. That didn't break this code, but it made it
even more fragile, IMO.
An anti-wraparound vacuum has to be by definition aggressive as it needs
to work on all the pages of a relation. However it can happen that due
to some concurrent activity an anti-wraparound vacuum is marked as
non-aggressive, which makes it redundant with a previous run, and
it is actually useless as an anti-wraparound vacuum should process all
the pages of a relation. This commit makes such vacuums to be skipped.
An anti-wraparound vacuum not aggressive can be found easily by mixing
low values of autovacuum_freeze_max_age (to control anti-wraparound) and
autovacuum_freeze_table_age (to control the aggressiveness).
28a8fa9 has added some extra logging printing all the possible
combinations of anti-wraparound and aggressive vacuums, which now gets
simplified as an anti-wraparound vacuum also non-aggressive gets
skipped.
Per discussion mainly between Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Álvaro
Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada, and myself.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180914153554.562muwr3uwujno75@alvherre.pgsql
This just moves the table/matview[/toast] determination of relation
size to a callback, and uses a copy of the existing logic to implement
that callback for heap.
It probably would make sense to also move the index specific logic
into a callback, so the metapage handling (and probably more) can be
index specific. But that's a separate task.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This is a relatively straightforward move of the current
implementation to sit below tableam. As the current analyze sampling
implementation is pretty inherently block based, the tableam analyze
interface is as well. It might make sense to generalize that at some
point, but that seems like a larger project that shouldn't be
undertaken at the same time as the introduction of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
